diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'doc')
152 files changed, 1256 insertions, 1604 deletions
diff --git a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml index c86f264830..25f8f22d44 100644 --- a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml +++ b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns a random unsigned 32 bit integer. Use remainder to obtain a random value in the interval [code][0, N - 1][/code] (where N is smaller than 2^32). + Returns a random unsigned 32-bit integer. Use remainder to obtain a random value in the interval [code][0, N - 1][/code] (where N is smaller than 2^32). [codeblock] randi() # Returns random integer between 0 and 2^32 - 1 randi() % 20 # Returns random integer between 0 and 19 @@ -1308,730 +1308,730 @@ <constant name="SPKEY" value="16777216"> Keycodes with this bit applied are non-printable. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ESCAPE" value="16777217" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ESCAPE" value="16777217" enum="Key"> Escape key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_TAB" value="16777218" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_TAB" value="16777218" enum="Key"> Tab key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BACKTAB" value="16777219" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BACKTAB" value="16777219" enum="Key"> Shift + Tab key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BACKSPACE" value="16777220" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BACKSPACE" value="16777220" enum="Key"> Backspace key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ENTER" value="16777221" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ENTER" value="16777221" enum="Key"> Return key (on the main keyboard). </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_ENTER" value="16777222" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_ENTER" value="16777222" enum="Key"> Enter key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_INSERT" value="16777223" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_INSERT" value="16777223" enum="Key"> Insert key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DELETE" value="16777224" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_DELETE" value="16777224" enum="Key"> Delete key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PAUSE" value="16777225" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PAUSE" value="16777225" enum="Key"> Pause key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PRINT" value="16777226" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PRINT" value="16777226" enum="Key"> Print Screen key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SYSREQ" value="16777227" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SYSREQ" value="16777227" enum="Key"> System Request key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CLEAR" value="16777228" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_CLEAR" value="16777228" enum="Key"> Clear key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HOME" value="16777229" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_HOME" value="16777229" enum="Key"> Home key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_END" value="16777230" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_END" value="16777230" enum="Key"> End key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LEFT" value="16777231" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LEFT" value="16777231" enum="Key"> Left arrow key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_UP" value="16777232" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_UP" value="16777232" enum="Key"> Up arrow key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_RIGHT" value="16777233" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_RIGHT" value="16777233" enum="Key"> Right arrow key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DOWN" value="16777234" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_DOWN" value="16777234" enum="Key"> Down arrow key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PAGEUP" value="16777235" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PAGEUP" value="16777235" enum="Key"> Page Up key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PAGEDOWN" value="16777236" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PAGEDOWN" value="16777236" enum="Key"> Page Down key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SHIFT" value="16777237" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SHIFT" value="16777237" enum="Key"> Shift key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CONTROL" value="16777238" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_CONTROL" value="16777238" enum="Key"> Control key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_META" value="16777239" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_META" value="16777239" enum="Key"> Meta key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ALT" value="16777240" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ALT" value="16777240" enum="Key"> Alt key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CAPSLOCK" value="16777241" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_CAPSLOCK" value="16777241" enum="Key"> Caps Lock key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_NUMLOCK" value="16777242" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_NUMLOCK" value="16777242" enum="Key"> Num Lock key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SCROLLLOCK" value="16777243" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SCROLLLOCK" value="16777243" enum="Key"> Scroll Lock key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F1" value="16777244" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F1" value="16777244" enum="Key"> F1 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F2" value="16777245" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F2" value="16777245" enum="Key"> F2 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F3" value="16777246" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F3" value="16777246" enum="Key"> F3 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F4" value="16777247" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F4" value="16777247" enum="Key"> F4 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F5" value="16777248" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F5" value="16777248" enum="Key"> F5 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F6" value="16777249" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F6" value="16777249" enum="Key"> F6 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F7" value="16777250" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F7" value="16777250" enum="Key"> F7 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F8" value="16777251" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F8" value="16777251" enum="Key"> F8 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F9" value="16777252" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F9" value="16777252" enum="Key"> F9 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F10" value="16777253" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F10" value="16777253" enum="Key"> F10 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F11" value="16777254" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F11" value="16777254" enum="Key"> F11 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F12" value="16777255" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F12" value="16777255" enum="Key"> F12 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F13" value="16777256" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F13" value="16777256" enum="Key"> F13 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F14" value="16777257" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F14" value="16777257" enum="Key"> F14 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F15" value="16777258" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F15" value="16777258" enum="Key"> F15 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F16" value="16777259" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F16" value="16777259" enum="Key"> F16 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_MULTIPLY" value="16777345" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_MULTIPLY" value="16777345" enum="Key"> Multiply (*) key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_DIVIDE" value="16777346" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_DIVIDE" value="16777346" enum="Key"> Divide (/) key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_SUBTRACT" value="16777347" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_SUBTRACT" value="16777347" enum="Key"> Subtract (-) key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_PERIOD" value="16777348" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_PERIOD" value="16777348" enum="Key"> Period (.) key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_ADD" value="16777349" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_ADD" value="16777349" enum="Key"> Add (+) key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_0" value="16777350" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_0" value="16777350" enum="Key"> Number 0 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_1" value="16777351" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_1" value="16777351" enum="Key"> Number 1 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_2" value="16777352" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_2" value="16777352" enum="Key"> Number 2 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_3" value="16777353" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_3" value="16777353" enum="Key"> Number 3 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_4" value="16777354" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_4" value="16777354" enum="Key"> Number 4 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_5" value="16777355" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_5" value="16777355" enum="Key"> Number 5 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_6" value="16777356" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_6" value="16777356" enum="Key"> Number 6 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_7" value="16777357" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_7" value="16777357" enum="Key"> Number 7 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_8" value="16777358" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_8" value="16777358" enum="Key"> Number 8 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_9" value="16777359" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_9" value="16777359" enum="Key"> Number 9 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SUPER_L" value="16777260" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SUPER_L" value="16777260" enum="Key"> Left Super key (Windows key). </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SUPER_R" value="16777261" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SUPER_R" value="16777261" enum="Key"> Right Super key (Windows key). </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MENU" value="16777262" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MENU" value="16777262" enum="Key"> Context menu key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HYPER_L" value="16777263" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_HYPER_L" value="16777263" enum="Key"> Left Hyper key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HYPER_R" value="16777264" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_HYPER_R" value="16777264" enum="Key"> Right Hyper key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HELP" value="16777265" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_HELP" value="16777265" enum="Key"> Help key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DIRECTION_L" value="16777266" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_DIRECTION_L" value="16777266" enum="Key"> Left Direction key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DIRECTION_R" value="16777267" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_DIRECTION_R" value="16777267" enum="Key"> Right Direction key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BACK" value="16777280" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BACK" value="16777280" enum="Key"> Media back key. Not to be confused with the Back button on an Android device. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_FORWARD" value="16777281" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_FORWARD" value="16777281" enum="Key"> Media forward key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_STOP" value="16777282" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_STOP" value="16777282" enum="Key"> Media stop key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_REFRESH" value="16777283" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_REFRESH" value="16777283" enum="Key"> Media refresh key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEDOWN" value="16777284" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEDOWN" value="16777284" enum="Key"> Volume down key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEMUTE" value="16777285" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEMUTE" value="16777285" enum="Key"> Mute volume key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEUP" value="16777286" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEUP" value="16777286" enum="Key"> Volume up key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BASSBOOST" value="16777287" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BASSBOOST" value="16777287" enum="Key"> Bass Boost key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BASSUP" value="16777288" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BASSUP" value="16777288" enum="Key"> Bass up key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BASSDOWN" value="16777289" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BASSDOWN" value="16777289" enum="Key"> Bass down key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_TREBLEUP" value="16777290" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_TREBLEUP" value="16777290" enum="Key"> Treble up key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_TREBLEDOWN" value="16777291" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_TREBLEDOWN" value="16777291" enum="Key"> Treble down key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MEDIAPLAY" value="16777292" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MEDIAPLAY" value="16777292" enum="Key"> Media play key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MEDIASTOP" value="16777293" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MEDIASTOP" value="16777293" enum="Key"> Media stop key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MEDIAPREVIOUS" value="16777294" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MEDIAPREVIOUS" value="16777294" enum="Key"> Previous song key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MEDIANEXT" value="16777295" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MEDIANEXT" value="16777295" enum="Key"> Next song key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MEDIARECORD" value="16777296" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MEDIARECORD" value="16777296" enum="Key"> Media record key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HOMEPAGE" value="16777297" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_HOMEPAGE" value="16777297" enum="Key"> Home page key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_FAVORITES" value="16777298" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_FAVORITES" value="16777298" enum="Key"> Favorites key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SEARCH" value="16777299" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SEARCH" value="16777299" enum="Key"> Search key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_STANDBY" value="16777300" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_STANDBY" value="16777300" enum="Key"> Standby key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_OPENURL" value="16777301" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_OPENURL" value="16777301" enum="Key"> Open URL / Launch Browser key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHMAIL" value="16777302" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHMAIL" value="16777302" enum="Key"> Launch Mail key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHMEDIA" value="16777303" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHMEDIA" value="16777303" enum="Key"> Launch Media key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH0" value="16777304" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH0" value="16777304" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 0 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH1" value="16777305" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH1" value="16777305" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 1 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH2" value="16777306" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH2" value="16777306" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 2 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH3" value="16777307" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH3" value="16777307" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 3 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH4" value="16777308" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH4" value="16777308" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 4 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH5" value="16777309" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH5" value="16777309" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 5 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH6" value="16777310" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH6" value="16777310" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 6 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH7" value="16777311" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH7" value="16777311" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 7 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH8" value="16777312" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH8" value="16777312" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 8 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH9" value="16777313" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH9" value="16777313" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 9 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHA" value="16777314" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHA" value="16777314" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut A key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHB" value="16777315" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHB" value="16777315" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut B key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHC" value="16777316" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHC" value="16777316" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut C key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHD" value="16777317" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHD" value="16777317" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut D key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHE" value="16777318" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHE" value="16777318" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut E key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHF" value="16777319" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHF" value="16777319" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut F key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_UNKNOWN" value="33554431" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_UNKNOWN" value="33554431" enum="Key"> Unknown key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SPACE" value="32" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SPACE" value="32" enum="Key"> Space key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_EXCLAM" value="33" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_EXCLAM" value="33" enum="Key"> ! key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_QUOTEDBL" value="34" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_QUOTEDBL" value="34" enum="Key"> " key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_NUMBERSIGN" value="35" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_NUMBERSIGN" value="35" enum="Key"> # key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DOLLAR" value="36" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_DOLLAR" value="36" enum="Key"> $ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PERCENT" value="37" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PERCENT" value="37" enum="Key"> % key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_AMPERSAND" value="38" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_AMPERSAND" value="38" enum="Key"> & key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_APOSTROPHE" value="39" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_APOSTROPHE" value="39" enum="Key"> ' key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PARENLEFT" value="40" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PARENLEFT" value="40" enum="Key"> ( key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PARENRIGHT" value="41" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PARENRIGHT" value="41" enum="Key"> ) key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ASTERISK" value="42" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ASTERISK" value="42" enum="Key"> * key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PLUS" value="43" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PLUS" value="43" enum="Key"> + key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_COMMA" value="44" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_COMMA" value="44" enum="Key"> , key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MINUS" value="45" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MINUS" value="45" enum="Key"> - key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PERIOD" value="46" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PERIOD" value="46" enum="Key"> . key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SLASH" value="47" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SLASH" value="47" enum="Key"> / key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_0" value="48" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_0" value="48" enum="Key"> Number 0. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_1" value="49" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_1" value="49" enum="Key"> Number 1. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_2" value="50" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_2" value="50" enum="Key"> Number 2. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_3" value="51" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_3" value="51" enum="Key"> Number 3. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_4" value="52" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_4" value="52" enum="Key"> Number 4. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_5" value="53" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_5" value="53" enum="Key"> Number 5. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_6" value="54" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_6" value="54" enum="Key"> Number 6. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_7" value="55" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_7" value="55" enum="Key"> Number 7. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_8" value="56" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_8" value="56" enum="Key"> Number 8. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_9" value="57" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_9" value="57" enum="Key"> Number 9. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_COLON" value="58" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_COLON" value="58" enum="Key"> : key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SEMICOLON" value="59" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SEMICOLON" value="59" enum="Key"> ; key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LESS" value="60" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_LESS" value="60" enum="Key"> < key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_EQUAL" value="61" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_EQUAL" value="61" enum="Key"> = key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_GREATER" value="62" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_GREATER" value="62" enum="Key"> > key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_QUESTION" value="63" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_QUESTION" value="63" enum="Key"> ? key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_AT" value="64" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_AT" value="64" enum="Key"> @ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_A" value="65" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_A" value="65" enum="Key"> A key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_B" value="66" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_B" value="66" enum="Key"> B key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_C" value="67" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_C" value="67" enum="Key"> C key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_D" value="68" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_D" value="68" enum="Key"> D key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_E" value="69" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_E" value="69" enum="Key"> E key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F" value="70" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_F" value="70" enum="Key"> F key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_G" value="71" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_G" value="71" enum="Key"> G key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_H" value="72" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_H" value="72" enum="Key"> H key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_I" value="73" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_I" value="73" enum="Key"> I key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_J" value="74" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_J" value="74" enum="Key"> J key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_K" value="75" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_K" value="75" enum="Key"> K key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_L" value="76" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_L" value="76" enum="Key"> L key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_M" value="77" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_M" value="77" enum="Key"> M key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_N" value="78" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_N" value="78" enum="Key"> N key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_O" value="79" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_O" value="79" enum="Key"> O key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_P" value="80" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_P" value="80" enum="Key"> P key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_Q" value="81" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_Q" value="81" enum="Key"> Q key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_R" value="82" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_R" value="82" enum="Key"> R key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_S" value="83" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_S" value="83" enum="Key"> S key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_T" value="84" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_T" value="84" enum="Key"> T key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_U" value="85" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_U" value="85" enum="Key"> U key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_V" value="86" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_V" value="86" enum="Key"> V key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_W" value="87" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_W" value="87" enum="Key"> W key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_X" value="88" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_X" value="88" enum="Key"> X key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_Y" value="89" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_Y" value="89" enum="Key"> Y key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_Z" value="90" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_Z" value="90" enum="Key"> Z key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BRACKETLEFT" value="91" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BRACKETLEFT" value="91" enum="Key"> [ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BACKSLASH" value="92" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BACKSLASH" value="92" enum="Key"> \ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BRACKETRIGHT" value="93" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BRACKETRIGHT" value="93" enum="Key"> ] key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ASCIICIRCUM" value="94" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ASCIICIRCUM" value="94" enum="Key"> ^ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_UNDERSCORE" value="95" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_UNDERSCORE" value="95" enum="Key"> _ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_QUOTELEFT" value="96" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_QUOTELEFT" value="96" enum="Key"> ` key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BRACELEFT" value="123" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BRACELEFT" value="123" enum="Key"> { key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BAR" value="124" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BAR" value="124" enum="Key"> | key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BRACERIGHT" value="125" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BRACERIGHT" value="125" enum="Key"> } key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ASCIITILDE" value="126" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ASCIITILDE" value="126" enum="Key"> ~ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_NOBREAKSPACE" value="160" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_NOBREAKSPACE" value="160" enum="Key"> Non-breakable space key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_EXCLAMDOWN" value="161" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_EXCLAMDOWN" value="161" enum="Key"> ¡ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CENT" value="162" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_CENT" value="162" enum="Key"> ¢ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_STERLING" value="163" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_STERLING" value="163" enum="Key"> £ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CURRENCY" value="164" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_CURRENCY" value="164" enum="Key"> ¤ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_YEN" value="165" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_YEN" value="165" enum="Key"> ¥ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BROKENBAR" value="166" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_BROKENBAR" value="166" enum="Key"> ¦ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SECTION" value="167" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SECTION" value="167" enum="Key"> § key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DIAERESIS" value="168" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_DIAERESIS" value="168" enum="Key"> ¨ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_COPYRIGHT" value="169" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_COPYRIGHT" value="169" enum="Key"> © key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ORDFEMININE" value="170" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ORDFEMININE" value="170" enum="Key"> ª key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_GUILLEMOTLEFT" value="171" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_GUILLEMOTLEFT" value="171" enum="Key"> « key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_NOTSIGN" value="172" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_NOTSIGN" value="172" enum="Key"> ¬ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HYPHEN" value="173" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_HYPHEN" value="173" enum="Key"> Soft hyphen key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_REGISTERED" value="174" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_REGISTERED" value="174" enum="Key"> ® key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MACRON" value="175" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MACRON" value="175" enum="Key"> ¯ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DEGREE" value="176" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_DEGREE" value="176" enum="Key"> ° key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PLUSMINUS" value="177" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PLUSMINUS" value="177" enum="Key"> ± key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_TWOSUPERIOR" value="178" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_TWOSUPERIOR" value="178" enum="Key"> ² key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_THREESUPERIOR" value="179" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_THREESUPERIOR" value="179" enum="Key"> ³ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ACUTE" value="180" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ACUTE" value="180" enum="Key"> ´ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MU" value="181" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MU" value="181" enum="Key"> µ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PARAGRAPH" value="182" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PARAGRAPH" value="182" enum="Key"> ¶ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PERIODCENTERED" value="183" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_PERIODCENTERED" value="183" enum="Key"> · key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CEDILLA" value="184" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_CEDILLA" value="184" enum="Key"> ¸ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ONESUPERIOR" value="185" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ONESUPERIOR" value="185" enum="Key"> ¹ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MASCULINE" value="186" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MASCULINE" value="186" enum="Key"> º key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_GUILLEMOTRIGHT" value="187" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_GUILLEMOTRIGHT" value="187" enum="Key"> » key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ONEQUARTER" value="188" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ONEQUARTER" value="188" enum="Key"> ¼ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ONEHALF" value="189" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ONEHALF" value="189" enum="Key"> ½ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_THREEQUARTERS" value="190" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_THREEQUARTERS" value="190" enum="Key"> ¾ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_QUESTIONDOWN" value="191" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_QUESTIONDOWN" value="191" enum="Key"> ¿ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_AGRAVE" value="192" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_AGRAVE" value="192" enum="Key"> À key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_AACUTE" value="193" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_AACUTE" value="193" enum="Key"> Á key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ACIRCUMFLEX" value="194" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ACIRCUMFLEX" value="194" enum="Key"> Â key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ATILDE" value="195" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ATILDE" value="195" enum="Key"> Ã key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ADIAERESIS" value="196" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ADIAERESIS" value="196" enum="Key"> Ä key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ARING" value="197" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ARING" value="197" enum="Key"> Å key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_AE" value="198" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_AE" value="198" enum="Key"> Æ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CCEDILLA" value="199" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_CCEDILLA" value="199" enum="Key"> Ç key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_EGRAVE" value="200" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_EGRAVE" value="200" enum="Key"> È key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_EACUTE" value="201" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_EACUTE" value="201" enum="Key"> É key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ECIRCUMFLEX" value="202" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ECIRCUMFLEX" value="202" enum="Key"> Ê key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_EDIAERESIS" value="203" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_EDIAERESIS" value="203" enum="Key"> Ë key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_IGRAVE" value="204" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_IGRAVE" value="204" enum="Key"> Ì key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_IACUTE" value="205" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_IACUTE" value="205" enum="Key"> Í key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ICIRCUMFLEX" value="206" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ICIRCUMFLEX" value="206" enum="Key"> Î key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_IDIAERESIS" value="207" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_IDIAERESIS" value="207" enum="Key"> Ï key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ETH" value="208" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ETH" value="208" enum="Key"> Ð key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_NTILDE" value="209" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_NTILDE" value="209" enum="Key"> Ñ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_OGRAVE" value="210" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_OGRAVE" value="210" enum="Key"> Ò key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_OACUTE" value="211" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_OACUTE" value="211" enum="Key"> Ó key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_OCIRCUMFLEX" value="212" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_OCIRCUMFLEX" value="212" enum="Key"> Ô key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_OTILDE" value="213" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_OTILDE" value="213" enum="Key"> Õ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ODIAERESIS" value="214" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_ODIAERESIS" value="214" enum="Key"> Ö key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MULTIPLY" value="215" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_MULTIPLY" value="215" enum="Key"> × key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_OOBLIQUE" value="216" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_OOBLIQUE" value="216" enum="Key"> Ø key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_UGRAVE" value="217" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_UGRAVE" value="217" enum="Key"> Ù key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_UACUTE" value="218" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_UACUTE" value="218" enum="Key"> Ú key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_UCIRCUMFLEX" value="219" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_UCIRCUMFLEX" value="219" enum="Key"> Û key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_UDIAERESIS" value="220" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_UDIAERESIS" value="220" enum="Key"> Ü key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_YACUTE" value="221" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_YACUTE" value="221" enum="Key"> Ý key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_THORN" value="222" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_THORN" value="222" enum="Key"> Þ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SSHARP" value="223" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_SSHARP" value="223" enum="Key"> ß key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DIVISION" value="247" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_DIVISION" value="247" enum="Key"> ÷ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_YDIAERESIS" value="255" enum="KeyList"> + <constant name="KEY_YDIAERESIS" value="255" enum="Key"> ÿ key. </constant> <constant name="KEY_CODE_MASK" value="33554431" enum="KeyModifierMask"> @@ -2061,166 +2061,166 @@ <constant name="KEY_MASK_GROUP_SWITCH" value="1073741824" enum="KeyModifierMask"> Group Switch key mask. </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_LEFT" value="1" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT" value="1" enum="MouseButton"> Left mouse button. </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_RIGHT" value="2" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT" value="2" enum="MouseButton"> Right mouse button. </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_MIDDLE" value="3" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE" value="3" enum="MouseButton"> Middle mouse button. </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_XBUTTON1" value="8" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_XBUTTON1" value="8" enum="MouseButton"> Extra mouse button 1 (only present on some mice). </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_XBUTTON2" value="9" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_XBUTTON2" value="9" enum="MouseButton"> Extra mouse button 2 (only present on some mice). </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_WHEEL_UP" value="4" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_UP" value="4" enum="MouseButton"> Mouse wheel up. </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_WHEEL_DOWN" value="5" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_DOWN" value="5" enum="MouseButton"> Mouse wheel down. </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_WHEEL_LEFT" value="6" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_LEFT" value="6" enum="MouseButton"> Mouse wheel left button (only present on some mice). </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_WHEEL_RIGHT" value="7" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_RIGHT" value="7" enum="MouseButton"> Mouse wheel right button (only present on some mice). </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_MASK_LEFT" value="1" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_MASK_LEFT" value="1" enum="MouseButton"> Left mouse button mask. </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_MASK_RIGHT" value="2" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_MASK_RIGHT" value="2" enum="MouseButton"> Right mouse button mask. </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_MASK_MIDDLE" value="4" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_MASK_MIDDLE" value="4" enum="MouseButton"> Middle mouse button mask. </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_MASK_XBUTTON1" value="128" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_MASK_XBUTTON1" value="128" enum="MouseButton"> Extra mouse button 1 mask. </constant> - <constant name="BUTTON_MASK_XBUTTON2" value="256" enum="ButtonList"> + <constant name="MOUSE_BUTTON_MASK_XBUTTON2" value="256" enum="MouseButton"> Extra mouse button 2 mask. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_INVALID" value="-1" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_INVALID" value="-1" enum="JoyButton"> An invalid game controller button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_A" value="0" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_A" value="0" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL button A. Corresponds to the bottom action button: Sony Cross, Xbox A, Nintendo B. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_B" value="1" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_B" value="1" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL button B. Corresponds to the right action button: Sony Circle, Xbox B, Nintendo A. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_X" value="2" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_X" value="2" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL button X. Corresponds to the left action button: Sony Square, Xbox X, Nintendo Y. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_Y" value="3" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_Y" value="3" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL button Y. Corresponds to the top action button: Sony Triangle, Xbox Y, Nintendo X. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_BACK" value="4" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_BACK" value="4" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL back button. Corresponds to the Sony Select, Xbox Back, Nintendo - button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_GUIDE" value="5" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_GUIDE" value="5" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL guide button. Corresponds to the Sony PS, Xbox Home button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_START" value="6" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_START" value="6" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL start button. Corresponds to the Nintendo + button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_LEFT_STICK" value="7" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_LEFT_STICK" value="7" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL left stick button. Corresponds to the Sony L3, Xbox L/LS button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_RIGHT_STICK" value="8" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_RIGHT_STICK" value="8" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL right stick button. Corresponds to the Sony R3, Xbox R/RS button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_LEFT_SHOULDER" value="9" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_LEFT_SHOULDER" value="9" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL left shoulder button. Corresponds to the Sony L1, Xbox LB button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_RIGHT_SHOULDER" value="10" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_RIGHT_SHOULDER" value="10" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL right shoulder button. Corresponds to the Sony R1, Xbox RB button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_UP" value="11" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_UP" value="11" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller D-pad up button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN" value="12" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN" value="12" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller D-pad down button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT" value="13" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT" value="13" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller D-pad left button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT" value="14" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT" value="14" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller D-pad right button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_MISC1" value="15" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_MISC1" value="15" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL miscellaneous button. Corresponds to Xbox share button, PS5 microphone button, Nintendo capture button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_PADDLE1" value="16" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_PADDLE1" value="16" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL paddle 1 button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_PADDLE2" value="17" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_PADDLE2" value="17" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL paddle 2 button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_PADDLE3" value="18" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_PADDLE3" value="18" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL paddle 3 button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_PADDLE4" value="19" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_PADDLE4" value="19" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL paddle 4 button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_TOUCHPAD" value="20" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_TOUCHPAD" value="20" enum="JoyButton"> Game controller SDL touchpad button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_SDL_MAX" value="21" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_SDL_MAX" value="21" enum="JoyButton"> The number of SDL game controller buttons. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_MAX" value="36" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_MAX" value="36" enum="JoyButton"> The maximum number of game controller buttons: Android supports up to 36 buttons. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_INVALID" value="-1" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_INVALID" value="-1" enum="JoyAxis"> An invalid game controller axis. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_LEFT_X" value="0" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_LEFT_X" value="0" enum="JoyAxis"> Game controller left joystick x-axis. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_LEFT_Y" value="1" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_LEFT_Y" value="1" enum="JoyAxis"> Game controller left joystick y-axis. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_RIGHT_X" value="2" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_RIGHT_X" value="2" enum="JoyAxis"> Game controller right joystick x-axis. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_RIGHT_Y" value="3" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_RIGHT_Y" value="3" enum="JoyAxis"> Game controller right joystick y-axis. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_TRIGGER_LEFT" value="4" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_TRIGGER_LEFT" value="4" enum="JoyAxis"> Game controller left trigger axis. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_TRIGGER_RIGHT" value="5" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_TRIGGER_RIGHT" value="5" enum="JoyAxis"> Game controller right trigger axis. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_SDL_MAX" value="6" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_SDL_MAX" value="6" enum="JoyAxis"> The number of SDL game controller axes. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_MAX" value="10" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_MAX" value="10" enum="JoyAxis"> The maximum number of game controller axes: OpenVR supports up to 5 Joysticks making a total of 10 axes. </constant> - <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_NOTE_OFF" value="8" enum="MidiMessageList"> + <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_NOTE_OFF" value="8" enum="MIDIMessage"> MIDI note OFF message. </constant> - <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_NOTE_ON" value="9" enum="MidiMessageList"> + <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_NOTE_ON" value="9" enum="MIDIMessage"> MIDI note ON message. </constant> - <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_AFTERTOUCH" value="10" enum="MidiMessageList"> + <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_AFTERTOUCH" value="10" enum="MIDIMessage"> MIDI aftertouch message. </constant> - <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_CONTROL_CHANGE" value="11" enum="MidiMessageList"> + <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_CONTROL_CHANGE" value="11" enum="MIDIMessage"> MIDI control change message. </constant> - <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_PROGRAM_CHANGE" value="12" enum="MidiMessageList"> + <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_PROGRAM_CHANGE" value="12" enum="MIDIMessage"> MIDI program change message. </constant> - <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_CHANNEL_PRESSURE" value="13" enum="MidiMessageList"> + <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_CHANNEL_PRESSURE" value="13" enum="MIDIMessage"> MIDI channel pressure message. </constant> - <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_PITCH_BEND" value="14" enum="MidiMessageList"> + <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_PITCH_BEND" value="14" enum="MIDIMessage"> MIDI pitch bend message. </constant> <constant name="OK" value="0" enum="Error"> @@ -2530,6 +2530,8 @@ <constant name="METHOD_FLAG_FROM_SCRIPT" value="64" enum="MethodFlags"> Deprecated method flag, unused. </constant> + <constant name="METHOD_FLAG_STATIC" value="256" enum="MethodFlags"> + </constant> <constant name="METHOD_FLAGS_DEFAULT" value="1" enum="MethodFlags"> Default method flags. </constant> diff --git a/doc/classes/AABB.xml b/doc/classes/AABB.xml index 8cd7e6f5fa..a28bde9946 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AABB.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AABB.xml @@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ Constructs an [AABB] from a position and size. </description> </method> - <method name="abs"> + <method name="abs" qualifiers="const"> <return type="AABB"> </return> <description> Returns an AABB with equivalent position and size, modified so that the most-negative corner is the origin and the size is positive. </description> </method> - <method name="encloses"> + <method name="encloses" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="AABB"> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this [AABB] completely encloses another one. </description> </method> - <method name="expand"> + <method name="expand" qualifiers="const"> <return type="AABB"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to_point" type="Vector3"> @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ Returns this [AABB] expanded to include a given point. </description> </method> - <method name="get_area"> + <method name="get_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Returns the volume of the [AABB]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_endpoint"> + <method name="get_endpoint" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> @@ -82,49 +82,49 @@ Gets the position of the 8 endpoints of the [AABB] in space. </description> </method> - <method name="get_longest_axis"> + <method name="get_longest_axis" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Returns the normalized longest axis of the [AABB]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_longest_axis_index"> + <method name="get_longest_axis_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the index of the longest axis of the [AABB] (according to [Vector3]'s [code]AXIS_*[/code] constants). </description> </method> - <method name="get_longest_axis_size"> + <method name="get_longest_axis_size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Returns the scalar length of the longest axis of the [AABB]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_shortest_axis"> + <method name="get_shortest_axis" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Returns the normalized shortest axis of the [AABB]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_shortest_axis_index"> + <method name="get_shortest_axis_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the index of the shortest axis of the [AABB] (according to [Vector3]::AXIS* enum). </description> </method> - <method name="get_shortest_axis_size"> + <method name="get_shortest_axis_size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Returns the scalar length of the shortest axis of the [AABB]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_support"> + <method name="get_support" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="dir" type="Vector3"> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Returns the support point in a given direction. This is useful for collision detection algorithms. </description> </method> - <method name="grow"> + <method name="grow" qualifiers="const"> <return type="AABB"> </return> <argument index="0" name="by" type="float"> @@ -142,21 +142,21 @@ Returns a copy of the [AABB] grown a given amount of units towards all the sides. </description> </method> - <method name="has_no_area"> + <method name="has_no_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is flat or empty. </description> </method> - <method name="has_no_surface"> + <method name="has_no_surface" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is empty. </description> </method> - <method name="has_point"> + <method name="has_point" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector3"> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] contains a point. </description> </method> - <method name="intersection"> + <method name="intersection" qualifiers="const"> <return type="AABB"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="AABB"> @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Returns the intersection between two [AABB]. An empty AABB (size 0,0,0) is returned on failure. </description> </method> - <method name="intersects"> + <method name="intersects" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="AABB"> @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] overlaps with another. </description> </method> - <method name="intersects_plane"> + <method name="intersects_plane" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="plane" type="Plane"> @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is on both sides of a plane. </description> </method> - <method name="intersects_ray"> + <method name="intersects_ray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="Vector3"> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="intersects_segment"> + <method name="intersects_segment" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="Vector3"> @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] intersects the line segment between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="aabb" type="AABB"> @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this [AABB] and [code]aabb[/code] are approximately equal, by calling [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. </description> </method> - <method name="merge"> + <method name="merge" qualifiers="const"> <return type="AABB"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="AABB"> @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Beginning corner. Typically has values lower than [member end]. </member> <member name="size" type="Vector3" setter="" getter="" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> - Size from [member position] to [member end]. Typically all components are positive. + Size from [member position] to [member end]. Typically, all components are positive. If the size is negative, you can use [method abs] to fix it. </member> </members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AStar.xml b/doc/classes/AStar.xml index bfdc66623d..e975b8ed28 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AStar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AStar.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="AStar" inherits="Reference" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - An implementation of A* to find shortest paths among connected points in space. + An implementation of A* to find the shortest paths among connected points in space. </brief_description> <description> A* (A star) is a computer algorithm that is widely used in pathfinding and graph traversal, the process of plotting short paths among vertices (points), passing through a given set of edges (segments). It enjoys widespread use due to its performance and accuracy. Godot's A* implementation uses points in three-dimensional space and Euclidean distances by default. diff --git a/doc/classes/Animation.xml b/doc/classes/Animation.xml index 9720405ffd..7ceb21d22e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Animation.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Animation.xml @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Length is not delimited by the last key, as this one may be before or after the end to ensure correct interpolation and looping. </member> <member name="loop" type="bool" setter="set_loop" getter="has_loop" default="false"> - A flag indicating that the animation must loop. This is uses for correct interpolation of animation cycles, and for hinting the player that it must restart the animation. + A flag indicating that the animation must loop. This is used for correct interpolation of animation cycles, and for hinting the player that it must restart the animation. </member> <member name="step" type="float" setter="set_step" getter="get_step" default="0.1"> The animation step value. diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml index e5ba1d58f7..7696f36009 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ </member> <member name="current_animation" type="String" setter="set_current_animation" getter="get_current_animation" default=""""> The name of the currently playing animation. If no animation is playing, the property's value is an empty string. Changing this value does not restart the animation. See [method play] for more information on playing animations. - [b]Note[/b]: while this property appears in the inspector, it's not meant to be edited and it's not saved in the scene. This property is mainly used to get the currently playing animation, and internally for animation playback tracks. For more information, see [Animation]. + [b]Note[/b]: while this property appears in the inspector, it's not meant to be edited, and it's not saved in the scene. This property is mainly used to get the currently playing animation, and internally for animation playback tracks. For more information, see [Animation]. </member> <member name="current_animation_length" type="float" setter="" getter="get_current_animation_length"> The length (in seconds) of the currently being played animation. diff --git a/doc/classes/Array.xml b/doc/classes/Array.xml index 8fb688a8ae..dcfb91eb61 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Array.xml @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ [/codeblock] </description> </method> - <method name="back"> + <method name="back" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <description> @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Clears the array. This is equivalent to using [method resize] with a size of [code]0[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="count"> + <method name="count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="value" type="Variant"> @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Returns the number of times an element is in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="duplicate"> + <method name="duplicate" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> </return> <argument index="0" name="deep" type="bool" default="false"> @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method will be slower if the removed element is close to the beginning of the array (index 0). This is because all elements placed after the removed element have to be reindexed. </description> </method> - <method name="find"> + <method name="find" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="what" type="Variant"> @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Searches the array for a value and returns its index or [code]-1[/code] if not found. Optionally, the initial search index can be passed. </description> </method> - <method name="find_last"> + <method name="find_last" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="value" type="Variant"> @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Searches the array in reverse order for a value and returns its index or [code]-1[/code] if not found. </description> </method> - <method name="front"> + <method name="front" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <description> @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Calling this function is not the same as writing [code]array[0][/code]. If the array is empty, accessing by index will pause project execution when running from the editor. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="value" type="Variant"> @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="hash"> + <method name="hash" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -335,21 +335,21 @@ Reverses the order of the elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the array is empty. </description> </method> - <method name="max"> + <method name="max" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <description> Returns the maximum value contained in the array if all elements are of comparable types. If the elements can't be compared, [code]null[/code] is returned. </description> </method> - <method name="min"> + <method name="min" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <description> @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Resizes the array to contain a different number of elements. If the array size is smaller, elements are cleared, if bigger, new elements are [code]null[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="rfind"> + <method name="rfind" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="what" type="Variant"> @@ -492,14 +492,14 @@ Shuffles the array such that the items will have a random order. This method uses the global random number generator common to methods such as [method @GlobalScope.randi]. Call [method @GlobalScope.randomize] to ensure that a new seed will be used each time if you want non-reproducible shuffling. </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the number of elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="slice"> + <method name="slice" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> </return> <argument index="0" name="begin" type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml index cf3d87c2e4..c7ee621ca6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="buffer_length" type="float" setter="set_buffer_length" getter="get_buffer_length" default="0.1"> - Length of the internal ring buffer, in seconds. + Length of the internal ring buffer, in seconds. Setting the buffer length will have no effect if already initialized. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml b/doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml index 7cc6a5613b..9a70b8f20c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Copies a region of the screen (or the whole screen) to a buffer so it can be accessed in your shader scripts through the [code]texture(SCREEN_TEXTURE, ...)[/code] function. </brief_description> <description> - Node for back-buffering the currently-displayed screen. The region defined in the BackBufferCopy node is bufferized with the content of the screen it covers, or the entire screen according to the copy mode set. Use the [code]texture(SCREEN_TEXTURE, ...)[/code] function in your shader scripts to access the buffer. + Node for back-buffering the currently-displayed screen. The region defined in the BackBufferCopy node is buffered with the content of the screen it covers, or the entire screen according to the copy mode set. Use the [code]texture(SCREEN_TEXTURE, ...)[/code] function in your shader scripts to access the buffer. [b]Note:[/b] Since this node inherits from [Node2D] (and not [Control]), anchors and margins won't apply to child [Control]-derived nodes. This can be problematic when resizing the window. To avoid this, add [Control]-derived nodes as [i]siblings[/i] to the BackBufferCopy node instead of adding them as children. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml b/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml index 45ef4cb14c..f7e31f5f9c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ </member> <member name="button_mask" type="int" setter="set_button_mask" getter="get_button_mask" default="1"> Binary mask to choose which mouse buttons this button will respond to. - To allow both left-click and right-click, use [code]BUTTON_MASK_LEFT | BUTTON_MASK_RIGHT[/code]. + To allow both left-click and right-click, use [code]MOUSE_BUTTON_MASK_LEFT | MOUSE_BUTTON_MASK_RIGHT[/code]. </member> <member name="disabled" type="bool" setter="set_disabled" getter="is_disabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the button is in disabled state and can't be clicked or toggled. diff --git a/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml b/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml index fa0c3b167a..c87398ac8f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Texture to multiply by [member albedo_color]. Used for basic texturing of objects. </member> <member name="alpha_antialiasing_edge" type="float" setter="set_alpha_antialiasing_edge" getter="get_alpha_antialiasing_edge"> - Threshold at which antialiasing will by applied on the alpha channel. + Threshold at which antialiasing will be applied on the alpha channel. </member> <member name="alpha_antialiasing_mode" type="int" setter="set_alpha_antialiasing" getter="get_alpha_antialiasing" enum="BaseMaterial3D.AlphaAntiAliasing"> The type of alpha antialiasing to apply. See [enum AlphaAntiAliasing]. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Texture used to control the backlight effect per-pixel. Added to [member backlight]. </member> <member name="billboard_keep_scale" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the shader will keep the scale set for the mesh. Otherwise the scale is lost when billboarding. Only applies when [member billboard_mode] is [constant BILLBOARD_ENABLED]. + If [code]true[/code], the shader will keep the scale set for the mesh. Otherwise, the scale is lost when billboarding. Only applies when [member billboard_mode] is [constant BILLBOARD_ENABLED]. </member> <member name="billboard_mode" type="int" setter="set_billboard_mode" getter="get_billboard_mode" enum="BaseMaterial3D.BillboardMode" default="0"> Controls how the object faces the camera. See [enum BillboardMode]. diff --git a/doc/classes/Basis.xml b/doc/classes/Basis.xml index 4c9cd5702e..55ae58ee3a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Basis.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Basis.xml @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Constructs a basis matrix from 3 axis vectors (matrix columns). </description> </method> - <method name="determinant"> + <method name="determinant" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ A negative determinant means the basis has a negative scale. A zero determinant means the basis isn't invertible, and is usually considered invalid. </description> </method> - <method name="get_euler"> + <method name="get_euler" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> @@ -94,35 +94,35 @@ Consider using the [method get_rotation_quat] method instead, which returns a [Quat] quaternion instead of Euler angles. </description> </method> - <method name="get_orthogonal_index"> + <method name="get_orthogonal_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> This function considers a discretization of rotations into 24 points on unit sphere, lying along the vectors (x,y,z) with each component being either -1, 0, or 1, and returns the index of the point best representing the orientation of the object. It is mainly used by the [GridMap] editor. For further details, refer to the Godot source code. </description> </method> - <method name="get_rotation_quat"> + <method name="get_rotation_quat" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Quat"> </return> <description> Returns the basis's rotation in the form of a quaternion. See [method get_euler] if you need Euler angles, but keep in mind quaternions should generally be preferred to Euler angles. </description> </method> - <method name="get_scale"> + <method name="get_scale" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Assuming that the matrix is the combination of a rotation and scaling, return the absolute value of scaling factors along each axis. </description> </method> - <method name="inverse"> + <method name="inverse" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Basis"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse of the matrix. </description> </method> - <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Basis"> @@ -171,14 +171,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="orthonormalized"> + <method name="orthonormalized" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Basis"> </return> <description> Returns the orthonormalized version of the matrix (useful to call from time to time to avoid rounding error for orthogonal matrices). This performs a Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization on the basis of the matrix. </description> </method> - <method name="rotated"> + <method name="rotated" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Basis"> </return> <argument index="0" name="axis" type="Vector3"> @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Introduce an additional rotation around the given axis by phi (radians). The axis must be a normalized vector. </description> </method> - <method name="scaled"> + <method name="scaled" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Basis"> </return> <argument index="0" name="scale" type="Vector3"> @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Introduce an additional scaling specified by the given 3D scaling factor. </description> </method> - <method name="slerp"> + <method name="slerp" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Basis"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Basis"> @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Assuming that the matrix is a proper rotation matrix, slerp performs a spherical-linear interpolation with another rotation matrix. </description> </method> - <method name="tdotx"> + <method name="tdotx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="Vector3"> @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Transposed dot product with the X axis of the matrix. </description> </method> - <method name="tdoty"> + <method name="tdoty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="Vector3"> @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Transposed dot product with the Y axis of the matrix. </description> </method> - <method name="tdotz"> + <method name="tdotz" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="Vector3"> @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Transposed dot product with the Z axis of the matrix. </description> </method> - <method name="transposed"> + <method name="transposed" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Basis"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml b/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml index 0d8233e6ff..ffa7c9066a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ </tutorials> <methods> <method name="add_spacer"> - <return type="void"> + <return type="Control"> </return> <argument index="0" name="begin" type="bool"> </argument> diff --git a/doc/classes/Callable.xml b/doc/classes/Callable.xml index b69768d33f..0cfbd0270c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Callable.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Callable.xml @@ -63,70 +63,70 @@ Creates a new [Callable] for the method called [code]method[/code] in the specified [code]object[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="bind" qualifiers="vararg"> + <method name="bind" qualifiers="vararg const"> <return type="Callable"> </return> <description> Returns a copy of this [Callable] with the arguments bound. Bound arguments are passed after the arguments supplied by [method call]. </description> </method> - <method name="call" qualifiers="vararg"> + <method name="call" qualifiers="vararg const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <description> Calls the method represented by this [Callable]. Arguments can be passed and should match the method's signature. </description> </method> - <method name="call_deferred" qualifiers="vararg"> + <method name="call_deferred" qualifiers="vararg const"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> Calls the method represented by this [Callable] in deferred mode, i.e. during the idle frame. Arguments can be passed and should match the method's signature. </description> </method> - <method name="get_method"> + <method name="get_method" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName"> </return> <description> Returns the name of the method represented by this [Callable]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_object"> + <method name="get_object" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Object"> </return> <description> Returns the object on which this [Callable] is called. </description> </method> - <method name="get_object_id"> + <method name="get_object_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the ID of this [Callable]'s object (see [method Object.get_instance_id]). </description> </method> - <method name="hash"> + <method name="hash" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the hash value of this [Callable]'s object. </description> </method> - <method name="is_custom"> + <method name="is_custom" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Callable] is a custom callable whose behavior differs based on implementation details. Custom callables are used in the engine for various reasons. If [code]true[/code], you can't use [method get_method]. </description> </method> - <method name="is_null"> + <method name="is_null" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Callable] has no target to call the method on. </description> </method> - <method name="is_standard"> + <method name="is_standard" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if both [Callable]s invoke the same custom target. </description> </method> - <method name="unbind"> + <method name="unbind" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Callable"> </return> <argument index="0" name="argcount" type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml b/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml index 034b2e9629..9f1d6d8e31 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ </member> <member name="fov" type="float" setter="set_fov" getter="get_fov" default="75.0"> The camera's field of view angle (in degrees). Only applicable in perspective mode. Since [member keep_aspect] locks one axis, [code]fov[/code] sets the other axis' field of view angle. - For reference, the default vertical field of view value ([code]75.0[/code]) is equivalent to an horizontal FOV of: + For reference, the default vertical field of view value ([code]75.0[/code]) is equivalent to a horizontal FOV of: - ~91.31 degrees in a 4:3 viewport - ~101.67 degrees in a 16:10 viewport - ~107.51 degrees in a 16:9 viewport diff --git a/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml b/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml index d13f431a16..87b157db4e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ <argument index="9" name="flags" type="int" default="3"> </argument> <description> - Draws [code]text[/code] using the specified [code]font[/code] at the [code]position[/code] (top-left corner). The text will have its color multiplied by [code]modulate[/code]. If [code]clip_w[/code] is greater than or equal to 0, the text will be clipped if it exceeds the specified width. + Draws [code]text[/code] using the specified [code]font[/code] at the [code]position[/code] (bottom-left corner using the baseline of the font). The text will have its color multiplied by [code]modulate[/code]. If [code]clip_w[/code] is greater than or equal to 0, the text will be clipped if it exceeds the specified width. [b]Example using the default project font:[/b] [codeblocks] [gdscript] diff --git a/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml b/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml index 80febfbfe7..05e412e9da 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ <theme_item name="checked" type="Texture2D"> The check icon to display when the [CheckBox] is checked. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="checked_disabled" type="Texture2D"> + </theme_item> <theme_item name="disabled" type="StyleBox"> The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is disabled. </theme_item> @@ -75,11 +77,17 @@ <theme_item name="radio_checked" type="Texture2D"> If the [CheckBox] is configured as a radio button, the icon to display when the [CheckBox] is checked. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="radio_checked_disabled" type="Texture2D"> + </theme_item> <theme_item name="radio_unchecked" type="Texture2D"> If the [CheckBox] is configured as a radio button, the icon to display when the [CheckBox] is unchecked. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="radio_unchecked_disabled" type="Texture2D"> + </theme_item> <theme_item name="unchecked" type="Texture2D"> The check icon to display when the [CheckBox] is unchecked. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="unchecked_disabled" type="Texture2D"> + </theme_item> </theme_items> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml b/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml index d1483ac88e..81795abcdd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ <brief_description> </brief_description> <description> - [b]Note[/b]: By default [CodeEdit] always use left-to-right text direction to correcly display source code. + [b]Note[/b]: By default [CodeEdit] always use left-to-right text direction to correctly display source code. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/Color.xml b/doc/classes/Color.xml index ce88e0ae88..c33d007735 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Color.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Color.xml @@ -56,10 +56,8 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="code" type="String"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="alpha" type="float"> - </argument> <description> - Constructs a [Color] either from an HTML color code or from a standardized color name, with [code]alpha[/code] on the range of 0 to 1. Supported color names are the same as the constants. + Constructs a [Color] either from an HTML color code or from a standardized color name. Supported color names are the same as the constants. </description> </method> <method name="Color" qualifiers="constructor"> @@ -67,8 +65,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="code" type="String"> </argument> + <argument index="1" name="alpha" type="float"> + </argument> <description> - Constructs a [Color] either from an HTML color code or from a standardized color name. Supported color names are the same as the constants. + Constructs a [Color] either from an HTML color code or from a standardized color name, with [code]alpha[/code] on the range of 0 to 1. Supported color names are the same as the constants. </description> </method> <method name="Color" qualifiers="constructor"> @@ -80,16 +80,14 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="b" type="float"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="a" type="float"> - </argument> <description> - Constructs a [Color] from RGBA values, typically between 0 and 1. + Constructs a [Color] from RGB values, typically between 0 and 1. Alpha will be 1. [codeblocks] [gdscript] - var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7, 0.8) # Similar to `Color8(51, 255, 178, 204)` + var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7) # Similar to `Color8(51, 255, 178, 255)` [/gdscript] [csharp] - var color = new Color(0.2f, 1.0f, 0.7f, 0.8f); // Similar to `Color.Color8(51, 255, 178, 255, 204)` + var color = new Color(0.2f, 1.0f, 0.7f); // Similar to `Color.Color8(51, 255, 178, 255)` [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </description> @@ -103,19 +101,21 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="b" type="float"> </argument> + <argument index="3" name="a" type="float"> + </argument> <description> - Constructs a [Color] from RGB values, typically between 0 and 1. Alpha will be 1. + Constructs a [Color] from RGBA values, typically between 0 and 1. [codeblocks] [gdscript] - var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7) # Similar to `Color8(51, 255, 178, 255)` + var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7, 0.8) # Similar to `Color8(51, 255, 178, 204)` [/gdscript] [csharp] - var color = new Color(0.2f, 1.0f, 0.7f); // Similar to `Color.Color8(51, 255, 178, 255)` + var color = new Color(0.2f, 1.0f, 0.7f, 0.8f); // Similar to `Color.Color8(51, 255, 178, 255, 204)` [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="blend"> + <method name="blend" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color"> </return> <argument index="0" name="over" type="Color"> @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="darkened"> + <method name="darkened" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color"> </return> <argument index="0" name="amount" type="float"> @@ -155,7 +155,87 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="inverted"> + <method name="find_named_color" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="from_rgbe9995" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="Color"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="rgbe" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="from_string" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="Color"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="str" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="default" type="Color"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_named_color" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="Color"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_named_color_count" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_named_color_name" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="hex" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="Color"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="hex" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="hex64" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="Color"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="hex" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="html" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="Color"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="rgba" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="html_is_valid" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="color" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="inverted" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color"> </return> <description> @@ -172,7 +252,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Color"> @@ -181,7 +261,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this color and [code]color[/code] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. </description> </method> - <method name="lerp"> + <method name="lerp" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Color"> @@ -204,7 +284,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="lightened"> + <method name="lightened" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color"> </return> <argument index="0" name="amount" type="float"> @@ -323,7 +403,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="to_abgr32"> + <method name="to_abgr32" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -340,7 +420,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="to_abgr64"> + <method name="to_abgr64" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -357,7 +437,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="to_argb32"> + <method name="to_argb32" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -374,7 +454,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="to_argb64"> + <method name="to_argb64" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -391,7 +471,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="to_html"> + <method name="to_html" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with_alpha" type="bool" default="true"> @@ -413,7 +493,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="to_rgba32"> + <method name="to_rgba32" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -430,7 +510,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="to_rgba64"> + <method name="to_rgba64" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml index 3e83202472..a9687abedc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml @@ -28,6 +28,11 @@ </description> </method> </methods> + <members> + <member name="backface_collision" type="bool" setter="set_backface_collision_enabled" getter="is_backface_collision_enabled" default="false"> + If set to [code]true[/code], collisions occur on both sides of the concave shape faces. Otherwise they occur only along the face normals. + </member> + </members> <constants> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml b/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml index da17d993e3..38948a2d6e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml @@ -49,6 +49,12 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="clear"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="erase_section"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -158,7 +164,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="data" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Parses the the passed string as the contents of a config file. The string is parsed and loaded in the ConfigFile object which the method was called on. + Parses the passed string as the contents of a config file. The string is parsed and loaded in the ConfigFile object which the method was called on. Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success). </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/Control.xml b/doc/classes/Control.xml index c5e820e9fe..b22878e56a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Control.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Control.xml @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ [gdscript] func _gui_input(event): if event is InputEventMouseButton: - if event.button_index == BUTTON_LEFT and event.pressed: + if event.button_index == MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT and event.pressed: print("I've been clicked D:") [/gdscript] [csharp] diff --git a/doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml b/doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml index 410c2262f9..26b3087b21 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ </argument> <description> Loads a key from [code]path[/code]. If [code]public_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], only the public key will be loaded. - [b]Note[/b]: [code]path[/code] should should be a "*.pub" file if [code]public_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], a "*.key" file otherwise. + [b]Note[/b]: [code]path[/code] should be a "*.pub" file if [code]public_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], a "*.key" file otherwise. </description> </method> <method name="load_from_string"> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ </argument> <description> Saves a key to the given [code]path[/code]. If [code]public_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], only the public key will be saved. - [b]Note[/b]: [code]path[/code] should should be a "*.pub" file if [code]public_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], a "*.key" file otherwise. + [b]Note[/b]: [code]path[/code] should be a "*.pub" file if [code]public_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], a "*.key" file otherwise. </description> </method> <method name="save_to_string"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Decal.xml b/doc/classes/Decal.xml index ca36b2400c..14c35ae6d3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Decal.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Decal.xml @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <description> [Decal]s are used to project a texture onto a [Mesh] in the scene. Use Decals to add detail to a scene without affecting the underlying [Mesh]. They are often used to add weathering to building, add dirt or mud to the ground, or add variety to props. Decals can be moved at any time, making them suitable for things like blob shadows or laser sight dots. They are made of an [AABB] and a group of [Texture2D]s specifying [Color], normal, ORM (ambient occlusion, roughness, metallic), and emission. Decals are projected within their [AABB] so altering the orientation of the Decal affects the direction in which they are projected. By default, Decals are projected down (i.e. from positive Y to negative Y). - The [Texture2D]s associated with the Decal are automatically stored in a texture atlas which is used for drawing the decals so all decals can be drawn at once. Godot uses clustered decals, meaning they are stored in cluster data and drawn when the mesh is drawn, they are not drawn as a postprocessing effect after. + The [Texture2D]s associated with the Decal are automatically stored in a texture atlas which is used for drawing the decals so all decals can be drawn at once. Godot uses clustered decals, meaning they are stored in cluster data and drawn when the mesh is drawn, they are not drawn as a post-processing effect after. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Blends the albedo [Color] of the decal with albedo [Color] of the underlying mesh. </member> <member name="cull_mask" type="int" setter="set_cull_mask" getter="get_cull_mask" default="1048575"> - Specifies which [member VisualInstance3D.layers] this decal will project on. By default, Decals affect all layers. This is used so you can specify which types of objects receive the Decal and which do not. This is especially useful so you an ensure that dynamic objects don't accidentally receive a Decal intended for the terrain under them. + Specifies which [member VisualInstance3D.layers] this decal will project on. By default, Decals affect all layers. This is used so you can specify which types of objects receive the Decal and which do not. This is especially useful so you can ensure that dynamic objects don't accidentally receive a Decal intended for the terrain under them. </member> <member name="distance_fade_begin" type="float" setter="set_distance_fade_begin" getter="get_distance_fade_begin" default="10.0"> Distance from the camera at which the Decal begins to fade away. diff --git a/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml b/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml index d3fcbc9f64..16c4348994 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Dictionary type. </brief_description> <description> - Dictionary type. Associative container which contains values referenced by unique keys. Dictionaries are composed of pairs of keys (which must be unique) and values. Dictionaries will preserve the insertion order when adding elements, even though this may not be reflected when printing the dictionary. In other programming languages, this data structure is sometimes referred to as an hash map or associative array. + Dictionary type. Associative container which contains values referenced by unique keys. Dictionaries are composed of pairs of keys (which must be unique) and values. Dictionaries will preserve the insertion order when adding elements, even though this may not be reflected when printing the dictionary. In other programming languages, this data structure is sometimes referred to as a hash map or associative array. You can define a dictionary by placing a comma-separated list of [code]key: value[/code] pairs in curly braces [code]{}[/code]. Erasing elements while iterating over them [b]is not supported[/b] and will result in undefined behavior. [b]Note:[/b] Dictionaries are always passed by reference. To get a copy of a dictionary which can be modified independently of the original dictionary, use [method duplicate]. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Clear the dictionary, removing all key/value pairs. </description> </method> - <method name="duplicate"> + <method name="duplicate" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Dictionary"> </return> <argument index="0" name="deep" type="bool" default="false"> @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Erase a dictionary key/value pair by key. Returns [code]true[/code] if the given key was present in the dictionary, [code]false[/code] otherwise. Does not erase elements while iterating over the dictionary. </description> </method> - <method name="get"> + <method name="get" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <argument index="0" name="key" type="Variant"> @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Returns the current value for the specified key in the [Dictionary]. If the key does not exist, the method returns the value of the optional default argument, or [code]null[/code] if it is omitted. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="key" type="Variant"> @@ -260,16 +260,16 @@ This method (like the [code]in[/code] operator) will evaluate to [code]true[/code] as long as the key exists, even if the associated value is [code]null[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="has_all"> + <method name="has_all" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="keys" type="Array"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary has all of the keys in the given array. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary has all the keys in the given array. </description> </method> - <method name="hash"> + <method name="hash" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -292,14 +292,14 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Dictionaries with the same keys/values but in a different order will have a different hash. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary is empty. </description> </method> - <method name="keys"> + <method name="keys" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> </return> <description> @@ -330,14 +330,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the number of keys in the dictionary. </description> </method> - <method name="values"> + <method name="values" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Directory.xml b/doc/classes/Directory.xml index 2d7292717d..a9d7960501 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Directory.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Directory.xml @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ <description> Directory type. It is used to manage directories and their content (not restricted to the project folder). When creating a new [Directory], it must be explicitly opened using [method open] before most methods can be used. However, [method file_exists] and [method dir_exists] can be used without opening a directory. If so, they use a path relative to [code]res://[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] Many resources types are imported (e.g. textures or sound files), and their source asset will not be included in the exported game, as only the imported version is used. Use [ResourceLoader] to access imported resources. Here is an example on how to iterate through the files of a directory: [codeblocks] [gdscript] @@ -125,7 +126,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - On Windows, returns the name of the drive (partition) passed as an argument (e.g. [code]C:[/code]). On other platforms, or if the requested drive does not existed, the method returns an empty String. + On Windows, returns the name of the drive (partition) passed as an argument (e.g. [code]C:[/code]). On other platforms, or if the requested drive does not exist, the method returns an empty String. </description> </method> <method name="get_drive_count"> @@ -167,7 +168,7 @@ <return type="void"> </return> <description> - Closes the current stream opened with [method list_dir_begin] (whether it has been fully processed with [method get_next] or not does not matter). + Closes the current stream opened with [method list_dir_begin] (whether it has been fully processed with [method get_next] does not matter). </description> </method> <method name="make_dir"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml b/doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml index 5461dccd27..3a045817c2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="resources" type="PackedStringArray"> </argument> <description> - Remitted if a resource is reimported. + Emitted if a resource is reimported. </description> </signal> <signal name="resources_reload"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml index 3cc624f49b..8204dc931e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ Plugin for adding custom property editors on inspector. </brief_description> <description> - This plugins allows adding custom property editors to [EditorInspector]. + These plugins allow adding custom property editors to [EditorInspector]. Plugins are registered via [method EditorPlugin.add_inspector_plugin]. When an object is edited, the [method can_handle] function is called and must return [code]true[/code] if the object type is supported. If supported, the function [method parse_begin] will be called, allowing to place custom controls at the beginning of the class. Subsequently, the [method parse_category] and [method parse_property] are called for every category and property. They offer the ability to add custom controls to the inspector too. - Finally [method parse_end] will be called. + Finally, [method parse_end] will be called. On each of these calls, the "add" functions can be called. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml index 1e9d089962..34657a1c08 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Override this method to define whether Node3D with this gizmo should be selecteble even when the gizmo is hidden. + Override this method to define whether Node3D with this gizmo should be selectable even when the gizmo is hidden. </description> </method> <method name="redraw" qualifiers="virtual"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml index a24e4bbdc5..8dcffb0b74 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="script" type="Script"> </argument> <description> - Removes the debugger plugin with given script fromm the Debugger. + Removes the debugger plugin with given script from the Debugger. </description> </method> <method name="remove_export_plugin"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml index db85b859e5..aa55a1653d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml @@ -74,21 +74,11 @@ </constant> <constant name="IMPORT_ANIMATION" value="2"> </constant> - <constant name="IMPORT_ANIMATION_DETECT_LOOP" value="4"> + <constant name="IMPORT_FAIL_ON_MISSING_DEPENDENCIES" value="4"> </constant> - <constant name="IMPORT_ANIMATION_OPTIMIZE" value="8"> + <constant name="IMPORT_GENERATE_TANGENT_ARRAYS" value="8"> </constant> - <constant name="IMPORT_ANIMATION_FORCE_ALL_TRACKS_IN_ALL_CLIPS" value="16"> - </constant> - <constant name="IMPORT_ANIMATION_KEEP_VALUE_TRACKS" value="32"> - </constant> - <constant name="IMPORT_GENERATE_TANGENT_ARRAYS" value="256"> - </constant> - <constant name="IMPORT_FAIL_ON_MISSING_DEPENDENCIES" value="512"> - </constant> - <constant name="IMPORT_MATERIALS_IN_INSTANCES" value="1024"> - </constant> - <constant name="IMPORT_USE_COMPRESSION" value="2048"> + <constant name="IMPORT_USE_NAMED_SKIN_BINDS" value="16"> </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterGLTF.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterGLTF.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e717b30f73..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterGLTF.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="EditorSceneImporterGLTF" inherits="EditorSceneImporter" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterMesh.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterMesh.xml index 58b7104667..9daa3f16bc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterMesh.xml @@ -60,9 +60,17 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_lightmap_size_hint" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_mesh"> <return type="ArrayMesh"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="Mesh"> + </argument> <description> </description> </method> @@ -150,6 +158,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="set_lightmap_size_hint"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="Vector2i"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="_data" type="Dictionary" setter="_set_data" getter="_get_data" default="{"surfaces": [ ]}"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml b/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml index 5cddecffa8..d1cdc4e43e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml @@ -62,13 +62,6 @@ Returns the source file path which got imported (e.g. [code]res://scene.dae[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="get_source_folder" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="String"> - </return> - <description> - Returns the resource folder the imported scene file is located in. - </description> - </method> <method name="post_import" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="Object"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml b/doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml index bb356c2183..0056b5ce16 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <return type="Dictionary"> </return> <description> - Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change mapped to an integer signifying what kind of a change the corresponding file has experienced. + Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file has experienced. The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected file is: - [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory - [code]1[/code]: Modified diff --git a/doc/classes/Engine.xml b/doc/classes/Engine.xml index 02b81ee9b7..f9d8cf574a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Engine.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Engine.xml @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ The number of fixed iterations per second. This controls how often physics simulation and [method Node._physics_process] methods are run. This value should generally always be set to [code]60[/code] or above, as Godot doesn't interpolate the physics step. As a result, values lower than [code]60[/code] will look stuttery. This value can be increased to make input more reactive or work around tunneling issues, but keep in mind doing so will increase CPU usage. </member> <member name="physics_jitter_fix" type="float" setter="set_physics_jitter_fix" getter="get_physics_jitter_fix" default="0.5"> - Controls how much physics ticks are synchronized with real time. For 0 or less, the ticks are synchronized. Such values are recommended for network games, where clock synchronization matters. Higher values cause higher deviation of in-game clock and real clock, but allows to smooth out framerate jitters. The default value of 0.5 should be fine for most; values above 2 could cause the game to react to dropped frames with a noticeable delay and are not recommended. + Controls how much physics ticks are synchronized with real time. For 0 or less, the ticks are synchronized. Such values are recommended for network games, where clock synchronization matters. Higher values cause higher deviation of in-game clock and real clock, but allows smoothing out framerate jitters. The default value of 0.5 should be fine for most; values above 2 could cause the game to react to dropped frames with a noticeable delay and are not recommended. </member> <member name="target_fps" type="int" setter="set_target_fps" getter="get_target_fps" default="0"> The desired frames per second. If the hardware cannot keep up, this setting may not be respected. A value of 0 means no limit. diff --git a/doc/classes/Environment.xml b/doc/classes/Environment.xml index 821aa91d21..6909fac2b7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Environment.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Environment.xml @@ -176,6 +176,8 @@ <member name="sdfgi_cascades" type="int" setter="set_sdfgi_cascades" getter="get_sdfgi_cascades" enum="Environment.SDFGICascades" default="1"> </member> <member name="sdfgi_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_sdfgi_enabled" getter="is_sdfgi_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], enables signed distance field global illumination. + [b]Note:[/b] Meshes should have sufficiently thick walls to avoid light leaks (avoid one-sided walls). For interior levels, enclose your level geometry in a sufficiently large box and bridge the loops to close the mesh. </member> <member name="sdfgi_energy" type="float" setter="set_sdfgi_energy" getter="get_sdfgi_energy" default="1.0"> </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml b/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml index ed437aefd5..966be0a981 100644 --- a/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml @@ -133,6 +133,9 @@ </constant> </constants> <theme_items> + <theme_item name="back_folder" type="Texture2D"> + Custom icon for the back arrow. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="file" type="Texture2D"> Custom icon for files. </theme_item> @@ -148,6 +151,9 @@ <theme_item name="folder_icon_modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> The color modulation applied to the folder icon. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="forward_folder" type="Texture2D"> + Custom icon for the forward arrow. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="parent_folder" type="Texture2D"> Custom icon for the parent folder arrow. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/Font.xml b/doc/classes/Font.xml index 409e405551..20d5b6ce9b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Font.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Font.xml @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ </argument> <description> Returns the size of a character, optionally taking kerning into account if the next character is provided. - [b]Note:[/b] Do not use this function to calculate width of the string character by character, use [method get_string_size] or [TextLine] instead. + [b]Note:[/b] Do not use this function to calculate width of the string character by character, use [method get_string_size] or [TextLine] instead. The height returned is the font height (see also [method get_height]) and has no relation to the glyph height. </description> </method> <method name="get_data" qualifiers="const"> @@ -247,7 +247,8 @@ <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> </argument> <description> - Returns the size size of a bounding box of a string, taking kerning and advance into account. + Returns the size of a bounding box of a string, taking kerning and advance into account. + [b]Note:[/b] Real height of the string is context-dependent and can be significantly different from the value returned by [method get_height]. See also [method draw_string]. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/FontData.xml b/doc/classes/FontData.xml index 6c54af05cd..e426c8fb36 100644 --- a/doc/classes/FontData.xml +++ b/doc/classes/FontData.xml @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ If [code]true[/code], distance field hint is enabled. </member> <member name="extra_spacing_glyph" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> - Extra spacing for each glyphs in pixels. + Extra spacing for each glyph in pixels. This can be a negative number to make the distance between glyphs smaller. </member> <member name="extra_spacing_space" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GIProbe.xml b/doc/classes/GIProbe.xml index dd51248fd9..4f56d1ad3e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GIProbe.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GIProbe.xml @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ <description> [GIProbe]s are used to provide high-quality real-time indirect light to scenes. They precompute the effect of objects that emit light and the effect of static geometry to simulate the behavior of complex light in real-time. [GIProbe]s need to be baked before using, however, once baked, dynamic objects will receive light from them. Further, lights can be fully dynamic or baked. Having [GIProbe]s in a scene can be expensive, the quality of the probe can be turned down in exchange for better performance in the [ProjectSettings] using [member ProjectSettings.rendering/global_illumination/gi_probes/quality]. + [b]Note:[/b] Meshes should have sufficiently thick walls to avoid light leaks (avoid one-sided walls). For interior levels, enclose your level geometry in a sufficiently large box and bridge the loops to close the mesh. </description> <tutorials> <link title="GI probes">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/gi_probes.html</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFAccessor.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFAccessor.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a1f596f7dd..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFAccessor.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFAccessor" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="buffer_view" type="int" setter="set_buffer_view" getter="get_buffer_view" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="byte_offset" type="int" setter="set_byte_offset" getter="get_byte_offset" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="component_type" type="int" setter="set_component_type" getter="get_component_type" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="count" type="int" setter="set_count" getter="get_count" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="max" type="PackedFloat64Array" setter="set_max" getter="get_max" default="PackedFloat64Array( )"> - </member> - <member name="min" type="PackedFloat64Array" setter="set_min" getter="get_min" default="PackedFloat64Array( )"> - </member> - <member name="normalized" type="bool" setter="set_normalized" getter="get_normalized" default="false"> - </member> - <member name="sparse_count" type="int" setter="set_sparse_count" getter="get_sparse_count" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="sparse_indices_buffer_view" type="int" setter="set_sparse_indices_buffer_view" getter="get_sparse_indices_buffer_view" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="sparse_indices_byte_offset" type="int" setter="set_sparse_indices_byte_offset" getter="get_sparse_indices_byte_offset" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="sparse_indices_component_type" type="int" setter="set_sparse_indices_component_type" getter="get_sparse_indices_component_type" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="sparse_values_buffer_view" type="int" setter="set_sparse_values_buffer_view" getter="get_sparse_values_buffer_view" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="sparse_values_byte_offset" type="int" setter="set_sparse_values_byte_offset" getter="get_sparse_values_byte_offset" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="type" type="int" setter="set_type" getter="get_type" default="0"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFAnimation.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFAnimation.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5c1fa02f11..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFAnimation.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFAnimation" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="loop" type="bool" setter="set_loop" getter="get_loop" default="false"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFBufferView.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFBufferView.xml deleted file mode 100644 index edaad85e0a..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFBufferView.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFBufferView" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="buffer" type="int" setter="set_buffer" getter="get_buffer" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="byte_length" type="int" setter="set_byte_length" getter="get_byte_length" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="byte_offset" type="int" setter="set_byte_offset" getter="get_byte_offset" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="byte_stride" type="int" setter="set_byte_stride" getter="get_byte_stride" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="indices" type="bool" setter="set_indices" getter="get_indices" default="false"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFCamera.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFCamera.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0b95f2c802..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFCamera.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFCamera" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="fov_size" type="float" setter="set_fov_size" getter="get_fov_size" default="75.0"> - </member> - <member name="perspective" type="bool" setter="set_perspective" getter="get_perspective" default="true"> - </member> - <member name="zfar" type="float" setter="set_zfar" getter="get_zfar" default="4000.0"> - </member> - <member name="znear" type="float" setter="set_znear" getter="get_znear" default="0.05"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFDocument.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFDocument.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 04c40dd752..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFDocument.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFDocument" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFLight.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFLight.xml deleted file mode 100644 index bfeaf9a86e..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFLight.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFLight" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="color" type="Color" setter="set_color" getter="get_color" default="Color( 0, 0, 0, 1 )"> - </member> - <member name="inner_cone_angle" type="float" setter="set_inner_cone_angle" getter="get_inner_cone_angle" default="0.0"> - </member> - <member name="intensity" type="float" setter="set_intensity" getter="get_intensity" default="0.0"> - </member> - <member name="outer_cone_angle" type="float" setter="set_outer_cone_angle" getter="get_outer_cone_angle" default="0.0"> - </member> - <member name="range" type="float" setter="set_range" getter="get_range" default="0.0"> - </member> - <member name="type" type="String" setter="set_type" getter="get_type" default=""""> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFMesh.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFMesh.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 55f79d2c55..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFMesh.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFMesh" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="blend_weights" type="PackedFloat32Array" setter="set_blend_weights" getter="get_blend_weights" default="PackedFloat32Array( )"> - </member> - <member name="mesh" type="EditorSceneImporterMesh" setter="set_mesh" getter="get_mesh"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFNode.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFNode.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5b7d4fadec..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFNode.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFNode" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="camera" type="int" setter="set_camera" getter="get_camera" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="children" type="PackedInt32Array" setter="set_children" getter="get_children" default="PackedInt32Array( )"> - </member> - <member name="fake_joint_parent" type="int" setter="set_fake_joint_parent" getter="get_fake_joint_parent" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="height" type="int" setter="set_height" getter="get_height" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="joint" type="bool" setter="set_joint" getter="get_joint" default="false"> - </member> - <member name="light" type="int" setter="set_light" getter="get_light" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="mesh" type="int" setter="set_mesh" getter="get_mesh" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="parent" type="int" setter="set_parent" getter="get_parent" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="rotation" type="Quat" setter="set_rotation" getter="get_rotation" default="Quat( 0, 0, 0, 1 )"> - </member> - <member name="scale" type="Vector3" setter="set_scale" getter="get_scale" default="Vector3( 1, 1, 1 )"> - </member> - <member name="skeleton" type="int" setter="set_skeleton" getter="get_skeleton" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="skin" type="int" setter="set_skin" getter="get_skin" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="translation" type="Vector3" setter="set_translation" getter="get_translation" default="Vector3( 0, 0, 0 )"> - </member> - <member name="xform" type="Transform" setter="set_xform" getter="get_xform" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFSkeleton.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFSkeleton.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9680c27705..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFSkeleton.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFSkeleton" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - <method name="get_bone_attachment"> - <return type="BoneAttachment3D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_bone_attachment_count"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_godot_bone_node"> - <return type="Dictionary"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_godot_skeleton"> - <return type="Skeleton3D"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_unique_names"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_godot_bone_node"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="godot_bone_node" type="Dictionary"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_unique_names"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="unique_names" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="joints" type="PackedInt32Array" setter="set_joints" getter="get_joints" default="PackedInt32Array( )"> - </member> - <member name="roots" type="PackedInt32Array" setter="set_roots" getter="get_roots" default="PackedInt32Array( )"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFSkin.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFSkin.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5a80c7097a..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFSkin.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFSkin" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - <method name="get_inverse_binds"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_joint_i_to_bone_i"> - <return type="Dictionary"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_joint_i_to_name"> - <return type="Dictionary"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_inverse_binds"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="inverse_binds" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_joint_i_to_bone_i"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="joint_i_to_bone_i" type="Dictionary"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_joint_i_to_name"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="joint_i_to_name" type="Dictionary"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="godot_skin" type="Skin" setter="set_godot_skin" getter="get_godot_skin"> - </member> - <member name="joints" type="PackedInt32Array" setter="set_joints" getter="get_joints" default="PackedInt32Array( )"> - </member> - <member name="joints_original" type="PackedInt32Array" setter="set_joints_original" getter="get_joints_original" default="PackedInt32Array( )"> - </member> - <member name="non_joints" type="PackedInt32Array" setter="set_non_joints" getter="get_non_joints" default="PackedInt32Array( )"> - </member> - <member name="roots" type="PackedInt32Array" setter="set_roots" getter="get_roots" default="PackedInt32Array( )"> - </member> - <member name="skeleton" type="int" setter="set_skeleton" getter="get_skeleton" default="-1"> - </member> - <member name="skin_root" type="int" setter="set_skin_root" getter="get_skin_root" default="-1"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFSpecGloss.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFSpecGloss.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 68cc7c845d..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFSpecGloss.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFSpecGloss" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="diffuse_factor" type="Color" setter="set_diffuse_factor" getter="get_diffuse_factor" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> - </member> - <member name="diffuse_img" type="Image" setter="set_diffuse_img" getter="get_diffuse_img"> - </member> - <member name="gloss_factor" type="float" setter="set_gloss_factor" getter="get_gloss_factor" default="1.0"> - </member> - <member name="spec_gloss_img" type="Image" setter="set_spec_gloss_img" getter="get_spec_gloss_img"> - </member> - <member name="specular_factor" type="Color" setter="set_specular_factor" getter="get_specular_factor" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFState.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFState.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8255cd73d0..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFState.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,265 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFState" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - <method name="get_accessors"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_animation_player"> - <return type="AnimationPlayer"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_animation_players_count"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_animations"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_buffer_views"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_cameras"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_images"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_lights"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_materials"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_meshes"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_nodes"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_scene_node"> - <return type="Node"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_skeleton_to_node"> - <return type="Dictionary"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_skeletons"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_skins"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_textures"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_unique_animation_names"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_unique_names"> - <return type="Array"> - </return> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_accessors"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="accessors" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_animations"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="animations" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_buffer_views"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="buffer_views" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_cameras"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="cameras" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_images"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="images" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_lights"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="lights" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_materials"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="materials" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_meshes"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="meshes" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_nodes"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="nodes" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_skeleton_to_node"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="skeleton_to_node" type="Dictionary"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_skeletons"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="skeletons" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_skins"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="skins" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_textures"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="textures" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_unique_animation_names"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="unique_animation_names" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_unique_names"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="unique_names" type="Array"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="buffers" type="Array" setter="set_buffers" getter="get_buffers" default="[ ]"> - </member> - <member name="glb_data" type="PackedByteArray" setter="set_glb_data" getter="get_glb_data" default="PackedByteArray( )"> - </member> - <member name="json" type="Dictionary" setter="set_json" getter="get_json" default="{}"> - </member> - <member name="major_version" type="int" setter="set_major_version" getter="get_major_version" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="minor_version" type="int" setter="set_minor_version" getter="get_minor_version" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="root_nodes" type="Array" setter="set_root_nodes" getter="get_root_nodes" default="[ ]"> - </member> - <member name="scene_name" type="String" setter="set_scene_name" getter="get_scene_name" default=""""> - </member> - <member name="use_named_skin_binds" type="bool" setter="set_use_named_skin_binds" getter="get_use_named_skin_binds" default="false"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GLTFTexture.xml b/doc/classes/GLTFTexture.xml deleted file mode 100644 index be2210331f..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/GLTFTexture.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="GLTFTexture" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="src_image" type="int" setter="set_src_image" getter="get_src_image" default="195773152"> - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Geometry3D.xml b/doc/classes/Geometry3D.xml index d0b930defb..9f012008e3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Geometry3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Geometry3D.xml @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ <argument index="2" name="planes" type="Array"> </argument> <description> - Given a convex hull defined though the [Plane]s in the array [code]planes[/code], tests if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects with that hull. If an intersection is found, returns a [PackedVector3Array] containing the point the intersection and the hull's normal. If no intersecion is found, an the returned array is empty. + Given a convex hull defined though the [Plane]s in the array [code]planes[/code], tests if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects with that hull. If an intersection is found, returns a [PackedVector3Array] containing the point the intersection and the hull's normal. Otherwise, returns an empty array. </description> </method> <method name="segment_intersects_cylinder"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml b/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml index 10afa4c339..b4536c0589 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ </return> <description> Gets the [HBoxContainer] that contains the zooming and grid snap controls in the top left of the graph. - Warning: The intended usage of this function is to allow you to reposition or add your own custom controls to the container. This is an internal control and as such should not be freed. If you wish to hide this or any of it's children use their [member CanvasItem.visible] property instead. + Warning: The intended usage of this function is to allow you to reposition or add your own custom controls to the container. This is an internal control and as such should not be freed. If you wish to hide this or any of its children, use their [member CanvasItem.visible] property instead. </description> </method> <method name="is_node_connected"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml index 279c4c4c94..aae3126c0f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <description> A GraphNode is a container. Each GraphNode can have several input and output slots, sometimes referred to as ports, allowing connections between GraphNodes. To add a slot to GraphNode, add any [Control]-derived child node to it. After adding at least one child to GraphNode new sections will be automatically created in the Inspector called 'Slot'. When 'Slot' is expanded you will see list with index number for each slot. You can click on each of them to expand further. - In the Inspector you can enable (show) or disable (hide) slots. By default all slots are disabled so you may not see any slots on your GraphNode initially. You can assign a type to each slot. Only slots of the same type will be able to connect to each other. You can also assign colors to slots. A tuple of input and output slots is defined for each GUI element included in the GraphNode. Input connections are on the left and output connections are on the right side of GraphNode. Only enabled slots are counted as connections. + In the Inspector you can enable (show) or disable (hide) slots. By default, all slots are disabled so you may not see any slots on your GraphNode initially. You can assign a type to each slot. Only slots of the same type will be able to connect to each other. You can also assign colors to slots. A tuple of input and output slots is defined for each GUI element included in the GraphNode. Input connections are on the left and output connections are on the right side of GraphNode. Only enabled slots are counted as connections. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml b/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml index 9ff682f79d..ddfcdf7724 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Low-level hyper-text transfer protocol client. </brief_description> <description> - Hyper-text transfer protocol client (sometimes called "User Agent"). Used to make HTTP requests to download web content, upload files and other data or to communicate with various services, among other use cases. [b]See the [HTTPRequest] node for an higher-level alternative.[/b] + Hyper-text transfer protocol client (sometimes called "User Agent"). Used to make HTTP requests to download web content, upload files and other data or to communicate with various services, among other use cases. [b]See the [HTTPRequest] node for a higher-level alternative.[/b] [b]Note:[/b] This client only needs to connect to a host once (see [method connect_to_host]) to send multiple requests. Because of this, methods that take URLs usually take just the part after the host instead of the full URL, as the client is already connected to a host. See [method request] for a full example and to get started. A [HTTPClient] should be reused between multiple requests or to connect to different hosts instead of creating one client per request. Supports SSL and SSL server certificate verification. HTTP status codes in the 2xx range indicate success, 3xx redirection (i.e. "try again, but over here"), 4xx something was wrong with the request, and 5xx something went wrong on the server's side. For more information on HTTP, see https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP (or read RFC 2616 to get it straight from the source: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616). diff --git a/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml b/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml index a65f66c72a..25667d8f79 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ <member name="accept_gzip" type="bool" setter="set_accept_gzip" getter="is_accepting_gzip" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], this header will be added to each request: [code]Accept-Encoding: gzip, deflate[/code] telling servers that it's okay to compress response bodies. Any Response body declaring a [code]Content-Encoding[/code] of either [code]gzip[/code] or [code]deflate[/code] will then be automatically decompressed, and the uncompressed bytes will be delivered via [code]request_completed[/code]. - If the user has specified their own [code]Accept-Encoding[/code] header, then no header will be added regaurdless of [code]accept_gzip[/code]. + If the user has specified their own [code]Accept-Encoding[/code] header, then no header will be added regardless of [code]accept_gzip[/code]. If [code]false[/code] no header will be added, and no decompression will be performed on response bodies. The raw bytes of the response body will be returned via [code]request_completed[/code]. </member> <member name="body_size_limit" type="int" setter="set_body_size_limit" getter="get_body_size_limit" default="-1"> diff --git a/doc/classes/IP.xml b/doc/classes/IP.xml index 152f381a83..849f036bbd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/IP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/IP.xml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <return type="Array"> </return> <description> - Returns all of the user's current IPv4 and IPv6 addresses as an array. + Returns all the user's current IPv4 and IPv6 addresses as an array. </description> </method> <method name="get_local_interfaces" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Image.xml b/doc/classes/Image.xml index bad8127c03..9d87c9bf9a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Image.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Image.xml @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="renormalize" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Generates mipmaps for the image. Mipmaps are pre-calculated and lower resolution copies of the image. Mipmaps are automatically used if the image needs to be scaled down when rendered. This improves image quality and the performance of the rendering. Returns an error if the image is compressed, in a custom format or if the image's width/height is 0. + Generates mipmaps for the image. Mipmaps are precalculated and lower resolution copies of the image. Mipmaps are automatically used if the image needs to be scaled down when rendered. This improves image quality and the performance of the rendering. Returns an error if the image is compressed, in a custom format or if the image's width/height is 0. </description> </method> <method name="get_data" qualifiers="const"> @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="data" type="Dictionary" setter="_set_data" getter="_get_data" default="{"data": PackedByteArray( ),"format": "Lum8","height": 0,"mipmaps": false,"width": 0}"> - Holds all of the image's color data in a given format. See [enum Format] constants. + Holds all the image's color data in a given format. See [enum Format] constants. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml b/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml index 2bea482bc1..5fef56e354 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ var texture = load("res://icon.png") $Sprite2D.texture = texture [/codeblock] - This is because images have to be imported as [StreamTexture2D] first to be loaded with [method @GDScript.load]. If you'd still like to load an image file just like any other [Resource], import it as an [Image] resource instead, and then load it normally using the [method @GDScript.load] method. - But do note that the image data can still be retrieved from an imported texture as well using the [method Texture2D.get_data] method, which returns a copy of the data: + This is because images have to be imported as a [StreamTexture2D] first to be loaded with [method @GDScript.load]. If you'd still like to load an image file just like any other [Resource], import it as an [Image] resource instead, and then load it normally using the [method @GDScript.load] method. + [b]Note:[/b] The image can be retrieved from an imported texture using the [method Texture2D.get_image] method, which returns a copy of the image: [codeblock] var texture = load("res://icon.png") - var image : Image = texture.get_data() + var image : Image = texture.get_image() [/codeblock] An [ImageTexture] is not meant to be operated from within the editor interface directly, and is mostly useful for rendering images on screen dynamically via code. If you need to generate images procedurally from within the editor, consider saving and importing images as custom texture resources implementing a new [EditorImportPlugin]. [b]Note:[/b] The maximum texture size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics hardware limitations. diff --git a/doc/classes/Input.xml b/doc/classes/Input.xml index 50a675e8db..d7408cd0ff 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Input.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Input.xml @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> - Returns the acceleration of the device's accelerometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. + Returns the acceleration in m/s² of the device's accelerometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. Note this method returns an empty [Vector3] when running from the editor even when your device has an accelerometer. You must export your project to a supported device to read values from the accelerometer. - [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on iOS, Android, and UWP. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. On Android the unit of measurement for each axis is m/s² while on iOS and UWP it's a multiple of the Earth's gravitational acceleration [code]g[/code] (~9.81 m/s²). + [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on iOS, Android, and UWP. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. </description> </method> <method name="get_action_raw_strength" qualifiers="const"> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ </argument> <description> Get axis input by specifying two actions, one negative and one positive. - This is a horthand for writing [code]Input.get_action_strength("positive_action") - Input.get_action_strength("negative_action")[/code]. + This is a shorthand for writing [code]Input.get_action_strength("positive_action") - Input.get_action_strength("negative_action")[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connected_joypads"> @@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> - Returns the gravity of the device's accelerometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. - [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android and iOS. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. On Android the unit of measurement for each axis is m/s² while on iOS it's a multiple of the Earth's gravitational acceleration [code]g[/code] (~9.81 m/s²). + Returns the gravity in m/s² of the device's accelerometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. + [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android and iOS. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. </description> </method> <method name="get_gyroscope" qualifiers="const"> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="axis" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the current value of the joypad axis at given index (see [enum JoyAxisList]). + Returns the current value of the joypad axis at given index (see [enum JoyAxis]). </description> </method> <method name="get_joy_guid" qualifiers="const"> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> - Returns the the magnetic field strength in micro-Tesla for all axes of the device's magnetometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. + Returns the magnetic field strength in micro-Tesla for all axes of the device's magnetometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android, iOS and UWP. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. </description> </method> @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="button" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the joypad button (see [enum JoyButtonList]). + Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the joypad button (see [enum JoyButton]). </description> </method> <method name="is_joy_known"> @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="keycode" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the key in the current keyboard layout. You can pass a [enum KeyList] constant. + Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the key in the current keyboard layout. You can pass a [enum Key] constant. </description> </method> <method name="is_mouse_button_pressed" qualifiers="const"> @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="button" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the mouse button specified with [enum ButtonList]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the mouse button specified with [enum MouseButton]. </description> </method> <method name="joy_connection_changed"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml index 1fe85a5ae8..ed290fc7e2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ If [code]true[/code], the action's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], the action's state is released. </member> <member name="strength" type="float" setter="set_strength" getter="get_strength" default="1.0"> - The action's strength between 0 and 1. This value is considered as equal to 0 if pressed is [code]false[/code]. The event strength allows faking analog joypad motion events, by precising how strongly is the joypad axis bent or pressed. + The action's strength between 0 and 1. This value is considered as equal to 0 if pressed is [code]false[/code]. The event strength allows faking analog joypad motion events, by specifying how strongly the joypad axis is bent or pressed. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml index 6ab4942f85..b1f4836f6e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="button_index" type="int" setter="set_button_index" getter="get_button_index" default="0"> - Button identifier. One of the [enum JoyButtonList] button constants. + Button identifier. One of the [enum JoyButton] button constants. </member> <member name="pressed" type="bool" setter="set_pressed" getter="is_pressed" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the button's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], the button's state is released. diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml index 2d7787b568..39fdb14016 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="axis" type="int" setter="set_axis" getter="get_axis" default="0"> - Axis identifier. Use one of the [enum JoyAxisList] axis constants. + Axis identifier. Use one of the [enum JoyAxis] axis constants. </member> <member name="axis_value" type="float" setter="set_axis_value" getter="get_axis_value" default="0.0"> Current position of the joystick on the given axis. The value ranges from [code]-1.0[/code] to [code]1.0[/code]. A value of [code]0[/code] means the axis is in its resting position. diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml index fe91b9c13e..9f2b829823 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml @@ -32,11 +32,11 @@ If [code]true[/code], the key was already pressed before this event. It means the user is holding the key down. </member> <member name="keycode" type="int" setter="set_keycode" getter="get_keycode" default="0"> - The key keycode, which corresponds to one of the [enum KeyList] constants. Represent key in the current keyboard layout. + The key keycode, which corresponds to one of the [enum Key] constants. Represent key in the current keyboard layout. To get a human-readable representation of the [InputEventKey], use [code]OS.get_keycode_string(event.keycode)[/code] where [code]event[/code] is the [InputEventKey]. </member> <member name="physical_keycode" type="int" setter="set_physical_keycode" getter="get_physical_keycode" default="0"> - Key physical keycode, which corresponds to one of the [enum KeyList] constants. Represent the physical location of a key on the 101/102-key US QWERTY keyboard. + Key physical keycode, which corresponds to one of the [enum Key] constants. Represent the physical location of a key on the 101/102-key US QWERTY keyboard. To get a human-readable representation of the [InputEventKey], use [code]OS.get_keycode_string(event.keycode)[/code] where [code]event[/code] is the [InputEventKey]. </member> <member name="pressed" type="bool" setter="set_pressed" getter="is_pressed" default="false"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml index 31e82bbaed..e54c3224da 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="button_mask" type="int" setter="set_button_mask" getter="get_button_mask" default="0"> - The mouse button mask identifier, one of or a bitwise combination of the [enum ButtonList] button masks. + The mouse button mask identifier, one of or a bitwise combination of the [enum MouseButton] button masks. </member> <member name="global_position" type="Vector2" setter="set_global_position" getter="get_global_position" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> The global mouse position relative to the current [Viewport] when used in [method Control._gui_input], otherwise is at 0,0. diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml index d7b64a9a2d..d7e92f8bca 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="button_index" type="int" setter="set_button_index" getter="get_button_index" default="0"> - The mouse button identifier, one of the [enum ButtonList] button or button wheel constants. + The mouse button identifier, one of the [enum MouseButton] button or button wheel constants. </member> <member name="doubleclick" type="bool" setter="set_doubleclick" getter="is_doubleclick" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the mouse button's state is a double-click. diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml index 476b64a336..fdd4db6115 100644 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml @@ -162,7 +162,10 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="collision/safe_margin" type="float" setter="set_safe_margin" getter="get_safe_margin" default="0.08"> - If the body is at least this close to another body, this body will consider them to be colliding. + Extra margin used for collision recovery in motion functions (see [method move_and_collide], [method move_and_slide], [method move_and_slide_with_snap]). + If the body is at least this close to another body, it will consider them to be colliding and will be pushed away before performing the actual motion. + A higher value means it's more flexible for detecting collision, which helps with consistently detecting walls and floors. + A lower value forces the collision algorithm to use more exact detection, so it can be used in cases that specifically require precision, e.g at very low scale to avoid visible jittering, or for stability with a stack of kinematic bodies. </member> <member name="motion/sync_to_physics" type="bool" setter="set_sync_to_physics" getter="is_sync_to_physics_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the body's movement will be synchronized to the physics frame. This is useful when animating movement via [AnimationPlayer], for example on moving platforms. Do [b]not[/b] use together with [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_collide] functions. diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicBody3D.xml index a21496de54..efd3f58f88 100644 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/KinematicBody3D.xml @@ -177,7 +177,10 @@ Lock the body's Z axis movement. </member> <member name="collision/safe_margin" type="float" setter="set_safe_margin" getter="get_safe_margin" default="0.001"> - If the body is at least this close to another body, this body will consider them to be colliding. + Extra margin used for collision recovery in motion functions (see [method move_and_collide], [method move_and_slide], [method move_and_slide_with_snap]). + If the body is at least this close to another body, it will consider them to be colliding and will be pushed away before performing the actual motion. + A higher value means it's more flexible for detecting collision, which helps with consistently detecting walls and floors. + A lower value forces the collision algorithm to use more exact detection, so it can be used in cases that specifically require precision, e.g at very low scale to avoid visible jittering, or for stability with a stack of kinematic bodies. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Label.xml b/doc/classes/Label.xml index 8574ff9836..76b9686393 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Label.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Label.xml @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ </argument> <description> Returns the height of the line [code]line[/code]. - If [code]line[/code] is set to [code]-1[/code], returns biggest line height. + If [code]line[/code] is set to [code]-1[/code], returns the biggest line height. If there're no lines returns font size in pixels. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/Light3D.xml b/doc/classes/Light3D.xml index 111473e098..6bae612c9f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Light3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Light3D.xml @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ If [code]true[/code], the light's effect is reversed, darkening areas and casting bright shadows. </member> <member name="light_projector" type="Texture2D" setter="set_projector" getter="get_projector"> - [Texture2D] projected by light. [member shadow_enabled] must be on for the projector to work. Light projectors make the light appear as if it is shining through a colored but transparent object, almost like light shining through stained glass. + [Texture2D] projected by light. [member shadow_enabled] must be on for the projector to work. Light projectors make the light appear as if it is shining through a colored but transparent object, almost like light shining through stained-glass. </member> <member name="light_size" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> The size of the light in Godot units. Only available for [OmniLight3D]s and [SpotLight3D]s. Increasing this value will make the light fade out slower and shadows appear blurrier. This can be used to simulate area lights to an extent. diff --git a/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml b/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml index 481b737eee..7cbf9d3dfe 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Special button that brings up a [PopupMenu] when clicked. - New items can be created inside this [PopupMenu] using [code]get_popup().add_item("My Item Name")[/code]. You can also create them directly from the editor. To do so, select the [MenuButton] node, then in the toolbar at the top of the 2D editor, click [b]Items[/b] then click [b]Add[/b] in the popup. You will be able to give each items new properties. + New items can be created inside this [PopupMenu] using [code]get_popup().add_item("My Item Name")[/code]. You can also create them directly from the editor. To do so, select the [MenuButton] node, then in the toolbar at the top of the 2D editor, click [b]Items[/b] then click [b]Add[/b] in the popup. You will be able to give each item new properties. See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods associated with this node. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml b/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml index 6ebfc946dc..2adebdb306 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <description> MultiMesh provides low-level mesh instancing. Drawing thousands of [MeshInstance3D] nodes can be slow, since each object is submitted to the GPU then drawn individually. MultiMesh is much faster as it can draw thousands of instances with a single draw call, resulting in less API overhead. - As a drawback, if the instances are too far away of each other, performance may be reduced as every single instance will always rendered (they are spatially indexed as one, for the whole object). + As a drawback, if the instances are too far away of each other, performance may be reduced as every single instance will always render (they are spatially indexed as one, for the whole object). Since instances may have any behavior, the AABB used for visibility must be provided by the user. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml index 59bf06eaf2..1060e2de41 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ The distance threshold before a target is considered to be reached. This will allow an agent to not have to hit a point on the path exactly, but in the area. </member> <member name="time_horizon" type="float" setter="set_time_horizon" getter="get_time_horizon" default="20.0"> - The minimal amount of time for which this agent's velocities, that are computed with the collision avoidance algorithim, are safe with respect to other agents. The larger the number, the sooner the agent will respond to other agents, but less freedom in choosing its velocities. Must be positive. + The minimal amount of time for which this agent's velocities, that are computed with the collision avoidance algorithm, are safe with respect to other agents. The larger the number, the sooner the agent will respond to other agents, but less freedom in choosing its velocities. Must be positive. </member> </members> <signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml index 7a130e9591..00e9db0a33 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ The distance threshold before a target is considered to be reached. This will allow an agent to not have to hit a point on the path exactly, but in the area. </member> <member name="time_horizon" type="float" setter="set_time_horizon" getter="get_time_horizon" default="5.0"> - The minimal amount of time for which this agent's velocities, that are computed with the collision avoidance algorithim, are safe with respect to other agents. The larger the number, the sooner the agent will respond to other agents, but less freedom in choosing its velocities. Must be positive. + The minimal amount of time for which this agent's velocities, that are computed with the collision avoidance algorithm, are safe with respect to other agents. The larger the number, the sooner the agent will respond to other agents, but less freedom in choosing its velocities. Must be positive. </member> </members> <signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml index dd7464ac0e..871c92798a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml @@ -79,6 +79,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="agent/height" type="float" setter="set_agent_height" getter="get_agent_height" default="2.0"> + The minimum Y space needed for navigation to be generated. </member> <member name="agent/max_climb" type="float" setter="set_agent_max_climb" getter="get_agent_max_climb" default="0.9"> The maximum height difference between two areas for navigation to be generated between them. @@ -87,8 +88,10 @@ The maximum angle a slope can be at for navigation to be generated on it. </member> <member name="agent/radius" type="float" setter="set_agent_radius" getter="get_agent_radius" default="0.6"> + Determines where the edge of a navigation mesh is. This way an agent will not overlap with another mesh or stand over nothing. </member> <member name="cell/height" type="float" setter="set_cell_height" getter="get_cell_height" default="0.2"> + The height of a cell. </member> <member name="cell/size" type="float" setter="set_cell_size" getter="get_cell_size" default="0.3"> The size of cells in the [NavigationMesh]. @@ -111,7 +114,7 @@ The physics layers used to generate the [NavigationMesh]. </member> <member name="geometry/parsed_geometry_type" type="int" setter="set_parsed_geometry_type" getter="get_parsed_geometry_type" default="0"> - What kind of geomerty is used to generate the [NavigationMesh]. + What kind of geometry is used to generate the [NavigationMesh]. </member> <member name="geometry/source_geometry_mode" type="int" setter="set_source_geometry_mode" getter="get_source_geometry_mode" default="0"> Which geometry is used to generate the [NavigationMesh]. diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationServer2D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationServer2D.xml index b811607bad..b0a57ed227 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationServer2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationServer2D.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> NavigationServer2D is the server responsible for all 2D navigation. It handles several objects, namely maps, regions and agents. - Maps are made up of regions, which are made of navigation polygons. Together, they define the navigable areas in the 2D world. For two regions to be connected to each other, they must share a similar edge. An edges is considered connected to another if both of its two vertices are at a distance less than [code]edge_connection_margin[/code] to the respective other edge's vertex. + Maps are made up of regions, which are made of navigation polygons. Together, they define the navigable areas in the 2D world. For two regions to be connected to each other, they must share a similar edge. An edge is considered connected to another if both of its two vertices are at a distance less than [code]edge_connection_margin[/code] to the respective other edge's vertex. You may assign navigation layers to regions with [method NavigationServer2D.region_set_layers], which then can be checked upon when requesting a path with [method NavigationServer2D.map_get_path]. This allows allowing or forbidding some areas to 2D objects. To use the collision avoidance system, you may use agents. You can set an agent's target velocity, then the servers will emit a callback with a modified velocity. [b]Note:[/b] the collision avoidance system ignores regions. Using the modified velocity as-is might lead to pushing and agent outside of a navigable area. This is a limitation of the collision avoidance system, any more complex situation may require the use of the physics engine. diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml index 6d56428933..b098a7fc20 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> NavigationServer3D is the server responsible for all 3D navigation. It handles several objects, namely maps, regions and agents. - Maps are made up of regions, which are made of navigation meshes. Together, they define the navigable areas in the 3D world. For two regions to be connected to each other, they must share a similar edge. An edges is considered connected to another if both of its two vertices are at a distance less than [code]edge_connection_margin[/code] to the respective other edge's vertex. + Maps are made up of regions, which are made of navigation meshes. Together, they define the navigable areas in the 3D world. For two regions to be connected to each other, they must share a similar edge. An edge is considered connected to another if both of its two vertices are at a distance less than [code]edge_connection_margin[/code] to the respective other edge's vertex. You may assign navigation layers to regions with [method NavigationServer3D.region_set_layers], which then can be checked upon when requesting a path with [method NavigationServer3D.map_get_path]. This allows allowing or forbidding some areas to 3D objects. To use the collision avoidance system, you may use agents. You can set an agent's target velocity, then the servers will emit a callback with a modified velocity. [b]Note:[/b] the collision avoidance system ignores regions. Using the modified velocity as-is might lead to pushing and agent outside of a navigable area. This is a limitation of the collision avoidance system, any more complex situation may require the use of the physics engine. diff --git a/doc/classes/Node.xml b/doc/classes/Node.xml index 7ee6860dfc..7750d45226 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Node.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Node.xml @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ </argument> <description> Adds a child node. Nodes can have any number of children, but every child must have a unique name. Child nodes are automatically deleted when the parent node is deleted, so an entire scene can be removed by deleting its topmost node. - If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node will have an human-readable name based on the name of the node being instanced instead of its type. + If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node will have a human-readable name based on the name of the node being instanced instead of its type. [b]Note:[/b] If the child node already has a parent, the function will fail. Use [method remove_child] first to remove the node from its current parent. For example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] @@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ <argument index="1" name="legible_unique_name" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Adds a [code]sibling[/code] node to current's node parent, at the the same level as that node, right below it. - If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node will have an human-readable name based on the name of the node being instanced instead of its type. + Adds a [code]sibling[/code] node to current's node parent, at the same level as that node, right below it. + If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node will have a human-readable name based on the name of the node being instanced instead of its type. Use [method add_child] instead of this method if you don't need the child node to be added below a specific node in the list of children. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/NodePath.xml b/doc/classes/NodePath.xml index 36835d9e94..817ccd5160 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NodePath.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NodePath.xml @@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ [/codeblock] </description> </method> - <method name="get_as_property_path"> + <method name="get_as_property_path" qualifiers="const"> <return type="NodePath"> </return> <description> - Returns a node path with a colon character ([code]:[/code]) prepended, transforming it to a pure property path with no node name (defaults to resolving from the from the current node). + Returns a node path with a colon character ([code]:[/code]) prepended, transforming it to a pure property path with no node name (defaults to resolving from the current node). [codeblocks] [gdscript] # This will be parsed as a node path to the "x" property in the "position" node. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="get_concatenated_subnames"> + <method name="get_concatenated_subnames" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName"> </return> <description> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="get_name"> + <method name="get_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName"> </return> <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="get_name_count"> + <method name="get_name_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ For example, [code]"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite2D"[/code] has 3 names. </description> </method> - <method name="get_subname"> + <method name="get_subname" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName"> </return> <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="get_subname_count"> + <method name="get_subname_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -166,14 +166,14 @@ For example, [code]"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite2D:texture:load_path"[/code] has 2 subnames. </description> </method> - <method name="is_absolute"> + <method name="is_absolute" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the node path is absolute (as opposed to relative), which means that it starts with a slash character ([code]/[/code]). Absolute node paths can be used to access the root node ([code]"/root"[/code]) or autoloads (e.g. [code]"/global"[/code] if a "global" autoload was registered). </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/OS.xml b/doc/classes/OS.xml index 548147beab..8c90108aef 100644 --- a/doc/classes/OS.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OS.xml @@ -244,9 +244,9 @@ </return> <description> Returns the host OS locale as a string of the form [code]language_Script_COUNTRY_VARIANT@extra[/code]. - [code]language[/code] - 2 or 3 letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes]language code[/url], in lower case. - [code]Script[/code] - optional, 4 letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_15924]script code[/url], in title case. - [code]COUNTRY[/code] - optional, 2 or 3 letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1]country code[/url], in upper case. + [code]language[/code] - 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes]language code[/url], in lower case. + [code]Script[/code] - optional, 4-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_15924]script code[/url], in title case. + [code]COUNTRY[/code] - optional, 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1]country code[/url], in upper case. [code]VARIANT[/code] - optional, language variant, region and sort order. Variant can have any number of underscored key words. [code]extra[/code] - optional, semicolon separated list of additional key words. Currency, calendar, sort order and numbering system information. </description> @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ <return type="float"> </return> <description> - Returns the current UNIX epoch timestamp. + Returns the current UNIX epoch timestamp in seconds. [b]Important:[/b] This is the system clock that the user can manully set. [b]Never use[/b] this method for precise time calculation since its results are also subject to automatic adjustments by the operating system. [b]Always use[/b] [method get_ticks_usec] or [method get_ticks_msec] for precise time calculation instead, since they are guaranteed to be monotonic (i.e. never decrease). </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/Object.xml b/doc/classes/Object.xml index ad3ce8e93e..7da9c1ac38 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Object.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Object.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="Object" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Base class for all non built-in types. + Base class for all non-built-in types. </brief_description> <description> Every class which is not a built-in type inherits from this class. @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ </argument> <description> Connects a [code]signal[/code] to a [code]callable[/code]. Pass optional [code]binds[/code] to the call as an [Array] of parameters. These parameters will be passed to the [Callable]'s method after any parameter used in the call to [method emit_signal]. Use [code]flags[/code] to set deferred or one-shot connections. See [enum ConnectFlags] constants. - [b]Note:[/b] This method is the legacy implementation for connecting signals. The recommend modern approach is to use [method Signal.connect] and to use [method Callable.bind] to add and validate parameter binds. Both syntaxes are shown below. + [b]Note:[/b] This method is the legacy implementation for connecting signals. The recommended modern approach is to use [method Signal.connect] and to use [method Callable.bind] to add and validate parameter binds. Both syntaxes are shown below. A signal can only be connected once to a [Callable]. It will throw an error if already connected, unless the signal was connected with [constant CONNECT_REFERENCE_COUNTED]. To avoid this, first, use [method is_connected] to check for existing connections. If the callable's target is destroyed in the game's lifecycle, the connection will be lost. [b]Examples with recommended syntax:[/b] diff --git a/doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml b/doc/classes/OptimizedTranslation.xml index 30194e9495..a5ca93c7ff 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OptimizedTranslation.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="PHashTranslation" inherits="Translation" version="4.0"> +<class name="OptimizedTranslation" inherits="Translation" version="4.0"> <brief_description> Optimized translation. </brief_description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml index 75fb7c1465..3c7f0f4fad 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Appends a [PackedByteArray] at the end of this array. </description> </method> - <method name="compress"> + <method name="compress" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <argument index="0" name="compression_mode" type="int" default="0"> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Returns a new [PackedByteArray] with the data compressed. Set the compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants. </description> </method> - <method name="decompress"> + <method name="decompress" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <argument index="0" name="buffer_size" type="int"> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Returns a new [PackedByteArray] with the data decompressed. Set [code]buffer_size[/code] to the size of the uncompressed data. Set the compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants. </description> </method> - <method name="decompress_dynamic"> + <method name="decompress_dynamic" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <argument index="0" name="max_output_size" type="int"> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ </argument> <description> Returns a new [PackedByteArray] with the data decompressed. Set the compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants. [b]This method only accepts gzip and deflate compression modes.[/b] - This method is potentially slower than [code]decompress[/code], as it may have to re-allocate it's output buffer multiple times while decompressing, where as [code]decompress[/code] knows it's output buffer size from the beginning. + This method is potentially slower than [code]decompress[/code], as it may have to re-allocate its output buffer multiple times while decompressing, whereas [code]decompress[/code] knows it's output buffer size from the beginning. GZIP has a maximal compression ratio of 1032:1, meaning it's very possible for a small compressed payload to decompress to a potentially very large output. To guard against this, you may provide a maximum size this function is allowed to allocate in bytes via [code]max_output_size[/code]. Passing -1 will allow for unbounded output. If any positive value is passed, and the decompression exceeds that amount in bytes, then an error will be returned. </description> </method> @@ -92,28 +92,28 @@ Creates a copy of the array, and returns it. </description> </method> - <method name="get_string_from_ascii"> + <method name="get_string_from_ascii" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Converts ASCII/Latin-1 encoded array to [String]. Fast alternative to [method get_string_from_utf8] if the content is ASCII/Latin-1 only. Unlike the UTF-8 function this function maps every byte to a character in the array. Multibyte sequences will not be interpreted correctly. For parsing user input always use [method get_string_from_utf8]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_string_from_utf16"> + <method name="get_string_from_utf16" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Converts UTF-16 encoded array to [String]. If the BOM is missing, system endianness is assumed. Returns empty string if source array is not valid UTF-16 string. </description> </method> - <method name="get_string_from_utf32"> + <method name="get_string_from_utf32" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Converts UTF-32 encoded array to [String]. System endianness is assumed. Returns empty string if source array is not valid UTF-32 string. </description> </method> - <method name="get_string_from_utf8"> + <method name="get_string_from_utf8" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="hex_encode"> + <method name="hex_encode" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Reverses the order of the elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Changes the byte at the given index. </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Sorts the elements of the array in ascending order. </description> </method> - <method name="subarray"> + <method name="subarray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml index 48d5822f7c..abfedc84cc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Reverses the order of the elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Changes the [Color] at the given index. </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Sorts the elements of the array in ascending order. </description> </method> - <method name="subarray"> + <method name="subarray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedColorArray"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="to_byte_array"> + <method name="to_byte_array" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml index 6598828089..8918312dc7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Reverses the order of the elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Changes the float at the given index. </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Sorts the elements of the array in ascending order. </description> </method> - <method name="subarray"> + <method name="subarray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedFloat32Array"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="to_byte_array"> + <method name="to_byte_array" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml index d116c6756b..fbb832299e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Reverses the order of the elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Changes the float at the given index. </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Sorts the elements of the array in ascending order. </description> </method> - <method name="subarray"> + <method name="subarray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedFloat64Array"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="to_byte_array"> + <method name="to_byte_array" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml index 2ac7a67b4b..ecef2d508b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Reverses the order of the elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Changes the integer at the given index. </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Sorts the elements of the array in ascending order. </description> </method> - <method name="subarray"> + <method name="subarray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedInt32Array"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="to_byte_array"> + <method name="to_byte_array" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml index a7b6bf0a0f..19619d60cf 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Reverses the order of the elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Changes the integer at the given index. </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Sorts the elements of the array in ascending order. </description> </method> - <method name="subarray"> + <method name="subarray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedInt64Array"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="to_byte_array"> + <method name="to_byte_array" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedSceneGLTF.xml b/doc/classes/PackedSceneGLTF.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a04c6ef0b6..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/PackedSceneGLTF.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="PackedSceneGLTF" inherits="PackedScene" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - <method name="export_gltf"> - <return type="int" enum="Error"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="node" type="Node"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="path" type="String"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="flags" type="int" default="0"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="bake_fps" type="float" default="1000.0"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="import_gltf_scene"> - <return type="Node"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="path" type="String"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="flags" type="int" default="0"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="bake_fps" type="float" default="1000.0"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="state" type="GLTFState" default="null"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="pack_gltf"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="path" type="String"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="flags" type="int" default="0"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="bake_fps" type="float" default="1000.0"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="state" type="GLTFState" default="null"> - </argument> - <description> - </description> - </method> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="_bundled" type="Dictionary" setter="_set_bundled_scene" getter="_get_bundled_scene" override="true" default="{"conn_count": 0,"conns": PackedInt32Array( ),"editable_instances": [ ],"names": PackedStringArray( ),"node_count": 0,"node_paths": [ ],"nodes": PackedInt32Array( ),"variants": [ ],"version": 2}" /> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml index fb7ed2a906..c241573b93 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Reverses the order of the elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Changes the [String] at the given index. </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Sorts the elements of the array in ascending order. </description> </method> - <method name="subarray"> + <method name="subarray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="to_byte_array"> + <method name="to_byte_array" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml index eb364ddb18..9138dc68e1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Reverses the order of the elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Changes the [Vector2] at the given index. </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Sorts the elements of the array in ascending order. </description> </method> - <method name="subarray"> + <method name="subarray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedVector2Array"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="to_byte_array"> + <method name="to_byte_array" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml index 08ce187b5c..0a3b0cf2c0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Reverses the order of the elements in the array. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Changes the [Vector3] at the given index. </description> </method> - <method name="size"> + <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Sorts the elements of the array in ascending order. </description> </method> - <method name="subarray"> + <method name="subarray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedVector3Array"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="to_byte_array"> + <method name="to_byte_array" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml index 85058cb9d4..6d7f99a55b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ The sphere's radius if [code]emission_shape[/code] is set to [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_SPHERE]. </member> <member name="flatness" type="float" setter="set_flatness" getter="get_flatness" default="0.0"> - Amount of [member spread] in Y/Z plane. A value of [code]1[/code] restricts particles to X/Z plane. + Amount of [member spread] along the Y axis. </member> <member name="gravity" type="Vector3" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="Vector3( 0, -9.8, 0 )"> Gravity applied to every particle. @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Scale randomness ratio. </member> <member name="spread" type="float" setter="set_spread" getter="get_spread" default="45.0"> - Each particle's initial direction range from [code]+spread[/code] to [code]-spread[/code] degrees. Applied to X/Z plane and Y/Z planes. + Each particle's initial direction range from [code]+spread[/code] to [code]-spread[/code] degrees. </member> <member name="sub_emitter_amount_at_end" type="int" setter="set_sub_emitter_amount_at_end" getter="get_sub_emitter_amount_at_end"> </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicalBone3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicalBone3D.xml index dcf24c1d32..38d9f722b1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicalBone3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicalBone3D.xml @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The body's bounciness. Values range from [code]0[/code] (no bounce) to [code]1[/code] (full bounciness). </member> <member name="can_sleep" type="bool" setter="set_can_sleep" getter="is_able_to_sleep" default="true"> - If [code]true[/code], the body is deactivated when there is no movement, so it will not take part in the simulation until it is awaken by an external force. + If [code]true[/code], the body is deactivated when there is no movement, so it will not take part in the simulation until it is awakened by an external force. </member> <member name="friction" type="float" setter="set_friction" getter="get_friction" default="1.0"> The body's friction, from [code]0[/code] (frictionless) to [code]1[/code] (max friction). diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicalSkyMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicalSkyMaterial.xml index 2e0f9c52f2..381371b973 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicalSkyMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicalSkyMaterial.xml @@ -23,22 +23,22 @@ Modulates the [Color] on the bottom half of the sky to represent the ground. </member> <member name="mie_coefficient" type="float" setter="set_mie_coefficient" getter="get_mie_coefficient" default="0.005"> - Controls the strength of mie scattering for the sky. Mie scattering results from light colliding with larger particles (like water). On earth, mie scattering results in a whiteish color around the sun and horizon. + Controls the strength of mie scattering for the sky. Mie scattering results from light colliding with larger particles (like water). On earth, mie scattering results in a whitish color around the sun and horizon. </member> <member name="mie_color" type="Color" setter="set_mie_color" getter="get_mie_color" default="Color( 0.36, 0.56, 0.82, 1 )"> Controls the [Color] of the mie scattering effect. While not physically accurate, this allows for the creation of alien looking planets. </member> <member name="mie_eccentricity" type="float" setter="set_mie_eccentricity" getter="get_mie_eccentricity" default="0.8"> - Controls the direction of the mie scattering. A value of [code]1[/code] means that when light hits a particle it passing through straight forward. A value of [code]-1[/code] means that all light is scatter backwards. + Controls the direction of the mie scattering. A value of [code]1[/code] means that when light hits a particle it's passing through straight forward. A value of [code]-1[/code] means that all light is scatter backwards. </member> <member name="night_sky" type="Texture2D" setter="set_night_sky" getter="get_night_sky"> [Texture2D] for the night sky. This is added to the sky, so if it is bright enough, it may be visible during the day. </member> <member name="rayleigh_coefficient" type="float" setter="set_rayleigh_coefficient" getter="get_rayleigh_coefficient" default="2.0"> - Controls the strength of the rayleigh scattering. Rayleigh scattering results from light colliding with small particles. It is responsible for the blue color of the sky. + Controls the strength of the Rayleigh scattering. Rayleigh scattering results from light colliding with small particles. It is responsible for the blue color of the sky. </member> <member name="rayleigh_color" type="Color" setter="set_rayleigh_color" getter="get_rayleigh_color" default="Color( 0.056, 0.14, 0.3, 1 )"> - Controls the [Color] of the rayleigh scattering. While not physically accurate, this allows for the creation of alien looking planets. For example, setting this to a red [Color] results in a mars looking atmosphere with a corresponding blue sunset. + Controls the [Color] of the Rayleigh scattering. While not physically accurate, this allows for the creation of alien looking planets. For example, setting this to a red [Color] results in a Mars looking atmosphere with a corresponding blue sunset. </member> <member name="sun_disk_scale" type="float" setter="set_sun_disk_scale" getter="get_sun_disk_scale" default="1.0"> Sets the size of the sun disk. Default value is based on Sol's perceived size from Earth. diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml index 9a7926e937..c61347ba0b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml @@ -1241,6 +1241,14 @@ Gets a slider_joint parameter (see [enum SliderJointParam] constants). </description> </method> + <method name="soft_body_get_bounds" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="AABB"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="space_create"> <return type="RID"> </return> @@ -1543,7 +1551,10 @@ <constant name="SHAPE_HEIGHTMAP" value="8" enum="ShapeType"> The [Shape3D] is a [HeightMapShape3D]. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CUSTOM" value="9" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_SOFT_BODY" value="9" enum="ShapeType"> + The [Shape3D] is a [SoftBody3D]. + </constant> + <constant name="SHAPE_CUSTOM" value="10" enum="ShapeType"> This constant is used internally by the engine. Any attempt to create this kind of shape results in an error. </constant> <constant name="AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY" value="0" enum="AreaParameter"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Plane.xml b/doc/classes/Plane.xml index ed96f753c2..2342f00631 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Plane.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Plane.xml @@ -76,14 +76,14 @@ Creates a plane from the three points, given in clockwise order. </description> </method> - <method name="center"> + <method name="center" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Returns the center of the plane. </description> </method> - <method name="distance_to"> + <method name="distance_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector3"> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Returns the shortest distance from the plane to the position [code]point[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="has_point"> + <method name="has_point" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector3"> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is inside the plane. Comparison uses a custom minimum [code]epsilon[/code] threshold. </description> </method> - <method name="intersect_3"> + <method name="intersect_3" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Plane"> @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Returns the intersection point of the three planes [code]b[/code], [code]c[/code] and this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned. </description> </method> - <method name="intersects_ray"> + <method name="intersects_ray" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="Vector3"> @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Returns the intersection point of a ray consisting of the position [code]from[/code] and the direction normal [code]dir[/code] with this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned. </description> </method> - <method name="intersects_segment"> + <method name="intersects_segment" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="Vector3"> @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Returns the intersection point of a segment from position [code]begin[/code] to position [code]end[/code] with this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned. </description> </method> - <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to_plane" type="Plane"> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this plane and [code]plane[/code] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. </description> </method> - <method name="is_point_over"> + <method name="is_point_over" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="plane" type="Vector3"> @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is located above the plane. </description> </method> - <method name="normalized"> + <method name="normalized" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Plane"> </return> <description> @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="project"> + <method name="project" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector3"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml b/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml index 51ec509a14..418785222e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="state" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the state of an multistate item. See [method add_multistate_item] for details. + Sets the state of a multistate item. See [method add_multistate_item] for details. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_opentype_feature"> @@ -664,13 +664,13 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Cycle to the next state of an multistate item. See [method add_multistate_item] for details. + Cycle to the next state of a multistate item. See [method add_multistate_item] for details. </description> </method> </methods> <members> <member name="allow_search" type="bool" setter="set_allow_search" getter="get_allow_search" default="true"> - If [code]true[/code], allows to navigate [PopupMenu] with letter keys. + If [code]true[/code], allows navigating [PopupMenu] with letter keys. </member> <member name="hide_on_checkable_item_selection" type="bool" setter="set_hide_on_checkable_item_selection" getter="is_hide_on_checkable_item_selection" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], hides the [PopupMenu] when a checkbox or radio button is selected. diff --git a/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml b/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml index 25943f6d47..8b73bcb9c1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="custom_aabb" type="AABB" setter="set_custom_aabb" getter="get_custom_aabb" default="AABB( 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 )"> - Overrides the [AABB] with one defined by user for use with frustum culling. Especially useful to avoid unnexpected culling when using a shader to offset vertices. + Overrides the [AABB] with one defined by user for use with frustum culling. Especially useful to avoid unexpected culling when using a shader to offset vertices. </member> <member name="flip_faces" type="bool" setter="set_flip_faces" getter="get_flip_faces" default="false"> If set, the order of the vertices in each triangle are reversed resulting in the backside of the mesh being drawn. diff --git a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml index ac63c5da79..5b9150ab04 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ <member name="debug/settings/fps/force_fps" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> Maximum number of frames per second allowed. The actual number of frames per second may still be below this value if the game is lagging. If [member display/window/vsync/use_vsync] is enabled, it takes precedence and the forced FPS number cannot exceed the monitor's refresh rate. - This setting is therefore mostly relevant for lowering the maximum FPS below VSync, e.g. to perform non real-time rendering of static frames, or test the project under lag conditions. + This setting is therefore mostly relevant for lowering the maximum FPS below VSync, e.g. to perform non-real-time rendering of static frames, or test the project under lag conditions. </member> <member name="debug/settings/gdscript/max_call_stack" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="1024"> Maximum call stack allowed for debugging GDScript. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ <member name="input_devices/pen_tablet/driver" type="String" setter="" getter=""> Specifies the tablet driver to use. If left empty, the default driver will be used. </member> - <member name="input_devices/pen_tablet/driver.windows" type="String" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input_devices/pen_tablet/driver.Windows" type="String" setter="" getter=""> Override for [member input_devices/pen_tablet/driver] on Windows. </member> <member name="input_devices/pointing/emulate_mouse_from_touch" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> @@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ <member name="navigation/2d/default_cell_size" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="10"> Default cell size for 2D navigation maps. See [method NavigationServer2D.map_set_cell_size]. </member> - <member name="navigation/2d/default_edge_connection_margin" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="100"> + <member name="navigation/2d/default_edge_connection_margin" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="5"> Default edge connection margin for 2D navigation maps. See [method NavigationServer2D.map_set_edge_connection_margin]. </member> <member name="navigation/3d/default_cell_size" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="0.3"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Quat.xml b/doc/classes/Quat.xml index ef83ae7fb9..1c0a3e37c0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Quat.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Quat.xml @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Constructs a quaternion defined by the given values. </description> </method> - <method name="cubic_slerp"> + <method name="cubic_slerp" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Quat"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Quat"> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Performs a cubic spherical interpolation between quaternions [code]pre_a[/code], this vector, [code]b[/code], and [code]post_b[/code], by the given amount [code]weight[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="dot"> + <method name="dot" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="Quat"> @@ -107,51 +107,51 @@ Returns the dot product of two quaternions. </description> </method> - <method name="get_euler"> + <method name="get_euler" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Returns Euler angles (in the YXZ convention: when decomposing, first Z, then X, and Y last) corresponding to the rotation represented by the unit quaternion. Returned vector contains the rotation angles in the format (X angle, Y angle, Z angle). </description> </method> - <method name="inverse"> + <method name="inverse" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Quat"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse of the quaternion. </description> </method> - <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Quat"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if this quaterion and [code]quat[/code] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. + Returns [code]true[/code] if this quaternion and [code]quat[/code] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. </description> </method> - <method name="is_normalized"> + <method name="is_normalized" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns whether the quaternion is normalized or not. </description> </method> - <method name="length"> + <method name="length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Returns the length of the quaternion. </description> </method> - <method name="length_squared"> + <method name="length_squared" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Returns the length of the quaternion, squared. </description> </method> - <method name="normalized"> + <method name="normalized" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Quat"> </return> <description> @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="slerp"> + <method name="slerp" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Quat"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Quat"> @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Both quaternions must be normalized. </description> </method> - <method name="slerpni"> + <method name="slerpni" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Quat"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Quat"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RID.xml b/doc/classes/RID.xml index 0ee34d4194..e686a4b8fd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RID.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RID.xml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Constructs a [RID] as a copy of the given [RID]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_id"> + <method name="get_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Rect2.xml b/doc/classes/Rect2.xml index 5d7ff39587..352a18e326 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Rect2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Rect2.xml @@ -65,14 +65,14 @@ Constructs a [Rect2] by x, y, width, and height. </description> </method> - <method name="abs"> + <method name="abs" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2"> </return> <description> Returns a [Rect2] with equivalent position and area, modified so that the top-left corner is the origin and [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code] are positive. </description> </method> - <method name="encloses"> + <method name="encloses" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Rect2"> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Rect2] completely encloses another one. </description> </method> - <method name="expand"> + <method name="expand" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2"> @@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ Returns this [Rect2] expanded to include a given point. </description> </method> - <method name="get_area"> + <method name="get_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Returns the area of the [Rect2]. </description> </method> - <method name="grow"> + <method name="grow" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="amount" type="float"> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown by the specified [code]amount[/code] on all sides. </description> </method> - <method name="grow_individual"> + <method name="grow_individual" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="left" type="float"> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown by the specified amount on each side individually. </description> </method> - <method name="grow_side"> + <method name="grow_side" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="side" type="int"> @@ -132,14 +132,14 @@ Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown by the specified [code]amount[/code] on the specified [enum Side]. </description> </method> - <method name="has_no_area"> + <method name="has_no_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] is flat or empty. </description> </method> - <method name="has_point"> + <method name="has_point" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector2"> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] contains a point. </description> </method> - <method name="intersection"> + <method name="intersection" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Rect2"> @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ If the rectangles do not intersect, an empty [Rect2] is returned. </description> </method> - <method name="intersects"> + <method name="intersects" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Rect2"> @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ If [code]include_borders[/code] is [code]true[/code], they will also be considered overlapping if their borders touch, even without intersection. </description> </method> - <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="rect" type="Rect2"> @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Rect2] and [code]rect[/code] are approximately equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each component. </description> </method> - <method name="merge"> + <method name="merge" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Rect2"> @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Beginning corner. Typically has values lower than [member end]. </member> <member name="size" type="Vector2" setter="" getter="" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> - Size from [member position] to [member end]. Typically all components are positive. + Size from [member position] to [member end]. Typically, all components are positive. If the size is negative, you can use [method abs] to fix it. </member> </members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml b/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml index e581ccdb11..84bef9b406 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ Constructs a [Rect2i] by x, y, width, and height. </description> </method> - <method name="abs"> + <method name="abs" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2i"> </return> <description> Returns a [Rect2i] with equivalent position and area, modified so that the top-left corner is the origin and [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code] are positive. </description> </method> - <method name="encloses"> + <method name="encloses" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Rect2i"> @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Rect2i] completely encloses another one. </description> </method> - <method name="expand"> + <method name="expand" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2i"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2i"> @@ -88,14 +88,14 @@ Returns this [Rect2i] expanded to include a given point. </description> </method> - <method name="get_area"> + <method name="get_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the area of the [Rect2i]. </description> </method> - <method name="grow"> + <method name="grow" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2i"> </return> <argument index="0" name="amount" type="int"> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Returns a copy of the [Rect2i] grown by the specified [code]amount[/code] on all sides. </description> </method> - <method name="grow_individual"> + <method name="grow_individual" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2i"> </return> <argument index="0" name="left" type="int"> @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Returns a copy of the [Rect2i] grown by the specified amount on each side individually. </description> </method> - <method name="grow_side"> + <method name="grow_side" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2i"> </return> <argument index="0" name="side" type="int"> @@ -130,14 +130,14 @@ Returns a copy of the [Rect2i] grown by the specified [code]amount[/code] on the specified [enum Side]. </description> </method> - <method name="has_no_area"> + <method name="has_no_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2i] is flat or empty. </description> </method> - <method name="has_point"> + <method name="has_point" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector2i"> @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2i] contains a point. </description> </method> - <method name="intersection"> + <method name="intersection" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2i"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Rect2i"> @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ If the rectangles do not intersect, an empty [Rect2i] is returned. </description> </method> - <method name="intersects"> + <method name="intersects" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Rect2i"> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ If [code]include_borders[/code] is [code]true[/code], they will also be considered overlapping if their borders touch, even without intersection. </description> </method> - <method name="merge"> + <method name="merge" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2i"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Rect2i"> @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Beginning corner. Typically has values lower than [member end]. </member> <member name="size" type="Vector2i" setter="" getter="" default="Vector2i( 0, 0 )"> - Size from [member position] to [member end]. Typically all components are positive. + Size from [member position] to [member end]. Typically, all components are positive. If the size is negative, you can use [method abs] to fix it. </member> </members> diff --git a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml index d2b95fda20..f82301bcf4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Resources are created using the [code]*_create[/code] functions. All objects are drawn to a viewport. You can use the [Viewport] attached to the [SceneTree] or you can create one yourself with [method viewport_create]. When using a custom scenario or canvas, the scenario or canvas needs to be attached to the viewport using [method viewport_set_scenario] or [method viewport_attach_canvas]. In 3D, all visual objects must be associated with a scenario. The scenario is a visual representation of the world. If accessing the rendering server from a running game, the scenario can be accessed from the scene tree from any [Node3D] node with [method Node3D.get_world_3d]. Otherwise, a scenario can be created with [method scenario_create]. - Similarly in 2D, a canvas is needed to draw all canvas items. + Similarly, in 2D, a canvas is needed to draw all canvas items. In 3D, all visible objects are comprised of a resource and an instance. A resource can be a mesh, a particle system, a light, or any other 3D object. In order to be visible resources must be attached to an instance using [method instance_set_base]. The instance must also be attached to the scenario using [method instance_set_scenario] in order to be visible. In 2D, all visible objects are some form of canvas item. In order to be visible, a canvas item needs to be the child of a canvas attached to a viewport, or it needs to be the child of another canvas item that is eventually attached to the canvas. </description> @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="margin" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Sets a margin to increase the size of the AABB when culling objects from the view frustum. This allows you avoid culling objects that fall outside the view frustum. Equivalent to [member GeometryInstance3D.extra_cull_margin]. + Sets a margin to increase the size of the AABB when culling objects from the view frustum. This allows you to avoid culling objects that fall outside the view frustum. Equivalent to [member GeometryInstance3D.extra_cull_margin]. </description> </method> <method name="instance_set_layer_mask"> @@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="enabled" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - If [code]true[/code], reverses the backface culling of the mesh. This can be useful when you have a flat mesh that has a light behind it. If you need to cast a shadow on both sides of the mesh, set the mesh to use double sided shadows with [method instance_geometry_set_cast_shadows_setting]. Equivalent to [member Light3D.shadow_reverse_cull_face]. + If [code]true[/code], reverses the backface culling of the mesh. This can be useful when you have a flat mesh that has a light behind it. If you need to cast a shadow on both sides of the mesh, set the mesh to use double-sided shadows with [method instance_geometry_set_cast_shadows_setting]. Equivalent to [member Light3D.shadow_reverse_cull_face]. </description> </method> <method name="light_set_shadow"> @@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="time" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Sets the preprocess time for the particles animation. This lets you delay starting an animation until after the particles have begun emitting. Equivalent to [member GPUParticles3D.preprocess]. + Sets the preprocess time for the particles' animation. This lets you delay starting an animation until after the particles have begun emitting. Equivalent to [member GPUParticles3D.preprocess]. </description> </method> <method name="particles_set_process_material"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml index 2683156ec5..9943f644cf 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <description> Godot loads resources in the editor or in exported games using ResourceFormatLoaders. They are queried automatically via the [ResourceLoader] singleton, or when a resource with internal dependencies is loaded. Each file type may load as a different resource type, so multiple ResourceFormatLoaders are registered in the engine. Extending this class allows you to define your own loader. Be sure to respect the documented return types and values. You should give it a global class name with [code]class_name[/code] for it to be registered. Like built-in ResourceFormatLoaders, it will be called automatically when loading resources of its handled type(s). You may also implement a [ResourceFormatSaver]. - [b]Note:[/b] You can also extend [EditorImportPlugin] if the resource type you need exists but Godot is unable to load its format. Choosing one way over another depends if the format is suitable or not for the final exported game. For example, it's better to import [code].png[/code] textures as [code].stex[/code] ([StreamTexture2D]) first, so they can be loaded with better efficiency on the graphics card. + [b]Note:[/b] You can also extend [EditorImportPlugin] if the resource type you need exists but Godot is unable to load its format. Choosing one way over another depends on if the format is suitable or not for the final exported game. For example, it's better to import [code].png[/code] textures as [code].stex[/code] ([StreamTexture2D]) first, so they can be loaded with better efficiency on the graphics card. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml index 6b27c77f26..ed375a8b1e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ A body that is controlled by the 2D physics engine. </brief_description> <description> - This node implements simulated 2D physics. You do not control a RigidBody2D directly. Instead you apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.) and the physics simulation calculates the resulting movement based on its mass, friction, and other physical properties. + This node implements simulated 2D physics. You do not control a RigidBody2D directly. Instead, you apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.) and the physics simulation calculates the resulting movement based on its mass, friction, and other physical properties. A RigidBody2D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Rigid, Static, Character, and Kinematic. [b]Note:[/b] You should not change a RigidBody2D's [code]position[/code] or [code]linear_velocity[/code] every frame or even very often. If you need to directly affect the body's state, use [method _integrate_forces], which allows you to directly access the physics state. Please also keep in mind that physics bodies manage their own transform which overwrites the ones you set. So any direct or indirect transformation (including scaling of the node or its parent) will be visible in the editor only, and immediately reset at runtime. diff --git a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml index e1f6830eb2..9366d7dd44 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> As one of the most important classes, the [SceneTree] manages the hierarchy of nodes in a scene as well as scenes themselves. Nodes can be added, retrieved and removed. The whole scene tree (and thus the current scene) can be paused. Scenes can be loaded, switched and reloaded. - You can also use the [SceneTree] to organize your nodes into groups: every node can be assigned as many groups as you want to create, e.g. a "enemy" group. You can then iterate these groups or even call methods and set properties on all the group's members at once. + You can also use the [SceneTree] to organize your nodes into groups: every node can be assigned as many groups as you want to create, e.g. an "enemy" group. You can then iterate these groups or even call methods and set properties on all the group's members at once. [SceneTree] is the default [MainLoop] implementation used by scenes, and is thus in charge of the game loop. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/Shape3D.xml b/doc/classes/Shape3D.xml index f3e62175c6..f8b749aebf 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Shape3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Shape3D.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ <members> <member name="margin" type="float" setter="set_margin" getter="get_margin" default="0.04"> The collision margin for the shape. Used in Bullet Physics only. - Collision margins allows collision detection to be more efficient by adding an extra shell around shapes. Collision algorithms are more expensive when objects overlap by more than their margin, so a higher value for margins is better for performance, at the cost of accuracy around edges as it makes them less sharp. + Collision margins allow collision detection to be more efficient by adding an extra shell around shapes. Collision algorithms are more expensive when objects overlap by more than their margin, so a higher value for margins is better for performance, at the cost of accuracy around edges as it makes them less sharp. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Signal.xml b/doc/classes/Signal.xml index b7a2258fc1..84efc974c0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Signal.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Signal.xml @@ -57,42 +57,42 @@ Disconnects this signal from the specified [Callable]. </description> </method> - <method name="emit" qualifiers="vararg"> + <method name="emit" qualifiers="vararg const"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> Emits this signal to all connected objects. </description> </method> - <method name="get_connections"> + <method name="get_connections" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> </return> <description> Returns the list of [Callable]s connected to this signal. </description> </method> - <method name="get_name"> + <method name="get_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName"> </return> <description> Returns the name of this signal. </description> </method> - <method name="get_object"> + <method name="get_object" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Object"> </return> <description> Returns the object emitting this signal. </description> </method> - <method name="get_object_id"> + <method name="get_object_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the ID of the object emitting this signal (see [method Object.get_instance_id]). </description> </method> - <method name="is_connected"> + <method name="is_connected" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="callable" type="Callable"> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified [Callable] is connected to this signal. </description> </method> - <method name="is_null"> + <method name="is_null" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml b/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml index fe2cc1f5ad..cb72ae7e4c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Unparents the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code] and sets its rest position to that of it's parent prior to being reset. + Unparents the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code] and sets its rest position to that of its parent prior to being reset. </description> </method> <method name="world_transform_to_bone_transform"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SoftBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/SoftBody3D.xml index 04e201e1bd..7999ad774d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SoftBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SoftBody3D.xml @@ -44,6 +44,12 @@ Returns an individual bit on the collision mask. </description> </method> + <method name="get_physics_rid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="remove_collision_exception_with"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -77,8 +83,6 @@ </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="angular_stiffness" type="float" setter="set_angular_stiffness" getter="get_angular_stiffness" default="0.0"> - </member> <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer" default="1"> The physics layers this SoftBody3D is in. Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the collision_mask property. @@ -87,30 +91,26 @@ <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="1"> The physics layers this SoftBody3D scans for collisions. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. </member> - <member name="damping_coefficient" type="float" setter="set_damping_coefficient" getter="get_damping_coefficient" default="0.0"> + <member name="damping_coefficient" type="float" setter="set_damping_coefficient" getter="get_damping_coefficient" default="0.01"> </member> <member name="drag_coefficient" type="float" setter="set_drag_coefficient" getter="get_drag_coefficient" default="0.0"> </member> - <member name="linear_stiffness" type="float" setter="set_linear_stiffness" getter="get_linear_stiffness" default="0.0"> + <member name="linear_stiffness" type="float" setter="set_linear_stiffness" getter="get_linear_stiffness" default="0.5"> </member> <member name="parent_collision_ignore" type="NodePath" setter="set_parent_collision_ignore" getter="get_parent_collision_ignore" default="NodePath("")"> [NodePath] to a [CollisionObject3D] this SoftBody3D should avoid clipping. </member> - <member name="pose_matching_coefficient" type="float" setter="set_pose_matching_coefficient" getter="get_pose_matching_coefficient" default="0.0"> - </member> <member name="pressure_coefficient" type="float" setter="set_pressure_coefficient" getter="get_pressure_coefficient" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="ray_pickable" type="bool" setter="set_ray_pickable" getter="is_ray_pickable" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the [SoftBody3D] will respond to [RayCast3D]s. </member> - <member name="simulation_precision" type="int" setter="set_simulation_precision" getter="get_simulation_precision" default="0"> + <member name="simulation_precision" type="int" setter="set_simulation_precision" getter="get_simulation_precision" default="5"> Increasing this value will improve the resulting simulation, but can affect performance. Use with care. </member> - <member name="total_mass" type="float" setter="set_total_mass" getter="get_total_mass" default="0.0"> + <member name="total_mass" type="float" setter="set_total_mass" getter="get_total_mass" default="1.0"> The SoftBody3D's mass. </member> - <member name="volume_stiffness" type="float" setter="set_volume_stiffness" getter="get_volume_stiffness" default="0.0"> - </member> </members> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Sprite2D.xml b/doc/classes/Sprite2D.xml index e4df753674..617ad3a371 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Sprite2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Sprite2D.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [codeblocks] [gdscript] func _input(event): - if event is InputEventMouseButton and event.pressed and event.button_index == BUTTON_LEFT: + if event is InputEventMouseButton and event.pressed and event.button_index == MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT: if get_rect().has_point(to_local(event.position)): print("A click!") [/gdscript] @@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ <member name="offset" type="Vector2" setter="set_offset" getter="get_offset" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> The texture's drawing offset. </member> - <member name="region_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_region" getter="is_region" default="false"> + <member name="region_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_region_enabled" getter="is_region_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], texture is cut from a larger atlas texture. See [member region_rect]. </member> - <member name="region_filter_clip" type="bool" setter="set_region_filter_clip" getter="is_region_filter_clip_enabled" default="false"> + <member name="region_filter_clip_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_region_filter_clip_enabled" getter="is_region_filter_clip_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the outermost pixels get blurred out. [member region_enabled] must be [code]true[/code]. </member> <member name="region_rect" type="Rect2" setter="set_region_rect" getter="get_region_rect" default="Rect2( 0, 0, 0, 0 )"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml b/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml index f9b947fa3d..658fd1a4f2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ <member name="hframes" type="int" setter="set_hframes" getter="get_hframes" default="1"> The number of columns in the sprite sheet. </member> - <member name="region_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_region" getter="is_region" default="false"> + <member name="region_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_region_enabled" getter="is_region_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], texture will be cut from a larger atlas texture. See [member region_rect]. </member> <member name="region_rect" type="Rect2" setter="set_region_rect" getter="get_region_rect" default="Rect2( 0, 0, 0, 0 )"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml b/doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml index 078520a095..06b9c2b042 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ The texture's drawing offset. </member> <member name="opacity" type="float" setter="set_opacity" getter="get_opacity" default="1.0"> - The objects visibility on a scale from [code]0[/code] fully invisible to [code]1[/code] fully visible. + The objects' visibility on a scale from [code]0[/code] fully invisible to [code]1[/code] fully visible. </member> <member name="pixel_size" type="float" setter="set_pixel_size" getter="get_pixel_size" default="0.01"> The size of one pixel's width on the sprite to scale it in 3D. diff --git a/doc/classes/String.xml b/doc/classes/String.xml index 475b17d395..416438e648 100644 --- a/doc/classes/String.xml +++ b/doc/classes/String.xml @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Constructs a new String from the given [StringName]. </description> </method> - <method name="begins_with"> + <method name="begins_with" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> @@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the string begins with the given string. </description> </method> - <method name="bigrams"> + <method name="bigrams" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> <description> Returns the bigrams (pairs of consecutive letters) of this string. </description> </method> - <method name="bin_to_int"> + <method name="bin_to_int" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -77,14 +77,14 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="c_escape"> + <method name="c_escape" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the C language standard. </description> </method> - <method name="c_unescape"> + <method name="c_unescape" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> @@ -92,14 +92,14 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Unlike the GDScript parser, this method doesn't support the [code]\uXXXX[/code] escape sequence. </description> </method> - <method name="capitalize"> + <method name="capitalize" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Changes the case of some letters. Replaces underscores with spaces, adds spaces before in-word uppercase characters, converts all letters to lowercase, then capitalizes the first letter and every letter following a space character. For [code]capitalize camelCase mixed_with_underscores[/code], it will return [code]Capitalize Camel Case Mixed With Underscores[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="casecmp_to"> + <method name="casecmp_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="String"> @@ -111,7 +111,15 @@ To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] operator instead. See also [method nocasecmp_to] and [method naturalnocasecmp_to]. </description> </method> - <method name="count"> + <method name="chr" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="char" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="what" type="String"> @@ -124,7 +132,7 @@ Returns the number of occurrences of substring [code]what[/code] between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] positions. If [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] equals 0 the whole string will be used. If only [code]to[/code] equals 0 the remained substring will be used. </description> </method> - <method name="countn"> + <method name="countn" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="what" type="String"> @@ -137,14 +145,14 @@ Returns the number of occurrences of substring [code]what[/code] (ignoring case) between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] positions. If [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] equals 0 the whole string will be used. If only [code]to[/code] equals 0 the remained substring will be used. </description> </method> - <method name="dedent"> + <method name="dedent" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Returns a copy of the string with indentation (leading tabs and spaces) removed. </description> </method> - <method name="ends_with"> + <method name="ends_with" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> @@ -153,7 +161,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the string ends with the given string. </description> </method> - <method name="find"> + <method name="find" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="what" type="String"> @@ -174,7 +182,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="findn"> + <method name="findn" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="what" type="String"> @@ -185,7 +193,7 @@ Returns the index of the [b]first[/b] case-insensitive occurrence of the specified string in this instance, or [code]-1[/code]. Optionally, the starting search index can be specified, continuing to the end of the string. </description> </method> - <method name="format"> + <method name="format" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="values" type="Variant"> @@ -196,42 +204,42 @@ Formats the string by replacing all occurrences of [code]placeholder[/code] with [code]values[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_base_dir"> + <method name="get_base_dir" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> If the string is a valid file path, returns the base directory name. </description> </method> - <method name="get_basename"> + <method name="get_basename" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> If the string is a valid file path, returns the full file path without the extension. </description> </method> - <method name="get_extension"> + <method name="get_extension" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> If the string is a valid file path, returns the extension. </description> </method> - <method name="get_file"> + <method name="get_file" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> If the string is a valid file path, returns the filename. </description> </method> - <method name="hash"> + <method name="hash" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Hashes the string and returns a 32-bit integer. </description> </method> - <method name="hex_to_int"> + <method name="hex_to_int" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -248,7 +256,15 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="insert"> + <method name="humanize_size" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="insert" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="position" type="int"> @@ -259,28 +275,28 @@ Returns a copy of the string with the substring [code]what[/code] inserted at the given position. </description> </method> - <method name="is_abs_path"> + <method name="is_abs_path" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> If the string is a path to a file or directory, returns [code]true[/code] if the path is absolute. </description> </method> - <method name="is_empty"> + <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the length of the string equals [code]0[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="is_rel_path"> + <method name="is_rel_path" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> If the string is a path to a file or directory, returns [code]true[/code] if the path is relative. </description> </method> - <method name="is_subsequence_of"> + <method name="is_subsequence_of" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> @@ -289,7 +305,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is a subsequence of the given string. </description> </method> - <method name="is_subsequence_ofi"> + <method name="is_subsequence_ofi" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> @@ -298,7 +314,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is a subsequence of the given string, without considering case. </description> </method> - <method name="is_valid_filename"> + <method name="is_valid_filename" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> @@ -306,14 +322,14 @@ [code]: / \ ? * " | % < >[/code] </description> </method> - <method name="is_valid_float"> + <method name="is_valid_float" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid float. </description> </method> - <method name="is_valid_hex_number"> + <method name="is_valid_hex_number" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with_prefix" type="bool" default="false"> @@ -322,35 +338,35 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid hexadecimal number. If [code]with_prefix[/code] is [code]true[/code], then a validity of the hexadecimal number is determined by [code]0x[/code] prefix, for instance: [code]0xDEADC0DE[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="is_valid_html_color"> + <method name="is_valid_html_color" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid color in hexadecimal HTML notation. Other HTML notations such as named colors or [code]hsl()[/code] colors aren't considered valid by this method and will return [code]false[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="is_valid_identifier"> + <method name="is_valid_identifier" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is a valid identifier. A valid identifier may contain only letters, digits and underscores ([code]_[/code]) and the first character may not be a digit. </description> </method> - <method name="is_valid_integer"> + <method name="is_valid_integer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid integer. </description> </method> - <method name="is_valid_ip_address"> + <method name="is_valid_ip_address" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains only a well-formatted IPv4 or IPv6 address. This method considers [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reserved_IP_addresses]reserved IP addresses[/url] such as [code]0.0.0.0[/code] as valid. </description> </method> - <method name="join"> + <method name="join" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="parts" type="PackedStringArray"> @@ -368,14 +384,14 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="json_escape"> + <method name="json_escape" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the JSON standard. </description> </method> - <method name="left"> + <method name="left" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="position" type="int"> @@ -384,14 +400,14 @@ Returns a number of characters from the left of the string. </description> </method> - <method name="length"> + <method name="length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the string's amount of characters. </description> </method> - <method name="lpad"> + <method name="lpad" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="min_length" type="int"> @@ -402,7 +418,7 @@ Formats a string to be at least [code]min_length[/code] long by adding [code]character[/code]s to the left of the string. </description> </method> - <method name="lstrip"> + <method name="lstrip" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="chars" type="String"> @@ -412,7 +428,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] The [code]chars[/code] is not a prefix. See [method trim_prefix] method that will remove a single prefix string rather than a set of characters. </description> </method> - <method name="match"> + <method name="match" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="expr" type="String"> @@ -421,7 +437,7 @@ Does a simple case-sensitive expression match, where [code]"*"[/code] matches zero or more arbitrary characters and [code]"?"[/code] matches any single character except a period ([code]"."[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="matchn"> + <method name="matchn" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="expr" type="String"> @@ -430,21 +446,21 @@ Does a simple case-insensitive expression match, where [code]"*"[/code] matches zero or more arbitrary characters and [code]"?"[/code] matches any single character except a period ([code]"."[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="md5_buffer"> + <method name="md5_buffer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> Returns the MD5 hash of the string as an array of bytes. </description> </method> - <method name="md5_text"> + <method name="md5_text" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Returns the MD5 hash of the string as a string. </description> </method> - <method name="naturalnocasecmp_to"> + <method name="naturalnocasecmp_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="String"> @@ -457,7 +473,7 @@ To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] operator instead. See also [method nocasecmp_to] and [method casecmp_to]. </description> </method> - <method name="nocasecmp_to"> + <method name="nocasecmp_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="String"> @@ -469,6 +485,24 @@ To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] operator instead. See also [method casecmp_to] and [method naturalnocasecmp_to]. </description> </method> + <method name="num" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="number" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="decimals" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="num_scientific" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="number" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="operator !=" qualifiers="operator"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -549,7 +583,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="pad_decimals"> + <method name="pad_decimals" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="digits" type="int"> @@ -558,7 +592,7 @@ Formats a number to have an exact number of [code]digits[/code] after the decimal point. </description> </method> - <method name="pad_zeros"> + <method name="pad_zeros" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="digits" type="int"> @@ -567,7 +601,7 @@ Formats a number to have an exact number of [code]digits[/code] before the decimal point. </description> </method> - <method name="plus_file"> + <method name="plus_file" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="file" type="String"> @@ -576,7 +610,7 @@ If the string is a path, this concatenates [code]file[/code] at the end of the string as a subpath. E.g. [code]"this/is".plus_file("path") == "this/is/path"[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="repeat"> + <method name="repeat" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="count" type="int"> @@ -585,7 +619,7 @@ Returns original string repeated a number of times. The number of repetitions is given by the argument. </description> </method> - <method name="replace"> + <method name="replace" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="what" type="String"> @@ -596,7 +630,7 @@ Replaces occurrences of a case-sensitive substring with the given one inside the string. </description> </method> - <method name="replacen"> + <method name="replacen" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="what" type="String"> @@ -607,7 +641,7 @@ Replaces occurrences of a case-insensitive substring with the given one inside the string. </description> </method> - <method name="rfind"> + <method name="rfind" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="what" type="String"> @@ -618,7 +652,7 @@ Returns the index of the [b]last[/b] case-sensitive occurrence of the specified string in this instance, or [code]-1[/code]. Optionally, the starting search index can be specified, continuing to the beginning of the string. </description> </method> - <method name="rfindn"> + <method name="rfindn" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="what" type="String"> @@ -629,7 +663,7 @@ Returns the index of the [b]last[/b] case-insensitive occurrence of the specified string in this instance, or [code]-1[/code]. Optionally, the starting search index can be specified, continuing to the beginning of the string. </description> </method> - <method name="right"> + <method name="right" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="position" type="int"> @@ -638,7 +672,7 @@ Returns the right side of the string from a given position. </description> </method> - <method name="rpad"> + <method name="rpad" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="min_length" type="int"> @@ -649,7 +683,7 @@ Formats a string to be at least [code]min_length[/code] long by adding [code]character[/code]s to the right of the string. </description> </method> - <method name="rsplit"> + <method name="rsplit" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> <argument index="0" name="delimiter" type="String"> @@ -677,7 +711,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="rstrip"> + <method name="rstrip" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="chars" type="String"> @@ -687,35 +721,35 @@ [b]Note:[/b] The [code]chars[/code] is not a suffix. See [method trim_suffix] method that will remove a single suffix string rather than a set of characters. </description> </method> - <method name="sha1_buffer"> + <method name="sha1_buffer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> Returns the SHA-1 hash of the string as an array of bytes. </description> </method> - <method name="sha1_text"> + <method name="sha1_text" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Returns the SHA-1 hash of the string as a string. </description> </method> - <method name="sha256_buffer"> + <method name="sha256_buffer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> Returns the SHA-256 hash of the string as an array of bytes. </description> </method> - <method name="sha256_text"> + <method name="sha256_text" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Returns the SHA-256 hash of the string as a string. </description> </method> - <method name="similarity"> + <method name="similarity" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> @@ -724,7 +758,7 @@ Returns the similarity index of the text compared to this string. 1 means totally similar and 0 means totally dissimilar. </description> </method> - <method name="split"> + <method name="split" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> <argument index="0" name="delimiter" type="String"> @@ -755,7 +789,7 @@ If you need to split strings with more complex rules, use the [RegEx] class instead. </description> </method> - <method name="split_floats"> + <method name="split_floats" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedFloat32Array"> </return> <argument index="0" name="delimiter" type="String"> @@ -767,7 +801,7 @@ For example, [code]"1,2.5,3"[/code] will return [code][1,2.5,3][/code] if split by [code]","[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="strip_edges"> + <method name="strip_edges" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="left" type="bool" default="true"> @@ -778,14 +812,14 @@ Returns a copy of the string stripped of any non-printable character (including tabulations, spaces and line breaks) at the beginning and the end. The optional arguments are used to toggle stripping on the left and right edges respectively. </description> </method> - <method name="strip_escapes"> + <method name="strip_escapes" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Returns a copy of the string stripped of any escape character. These include all non-printable control characters of the first page of the ASCII table (< 32), such as tabulation ([code]\t[/code] in C) and newline ([code]\n[/code] and [code]\r[/code]) characters, but not spaces. </description> </method> - <method name="substr"> + <method name="substr" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> @@ -796,63 +830,63 @@ Returns part of the string from the position [code]from[/code] with length [code]len[/code]. Argument [code]len[/code] is optional and using [code]-1[/code] will return remaining characters from given position. </description> </method> - <method name="to_ascii_buffer"> + <method name="to_ascii_buffer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> Converts the String (which is a character array) to ASCII/Latin-1 encoded [PackedByteArray] (which is an array of bytes). The conversion is faster compared to [method to_utf8_buffer], as this method assumes that all the characters in the String are ASCII/Latin-1 characters, unsupported characters are replaced with spaces. </description> </method> - <method name="to_float"> + <method name="to_float" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Converts a string containing a decimal number into a [code]float[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="to_int"> + <method name="to_int" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Converts a string containing an integer number into an [code]int[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="to_lower"> + <method name="to_lower" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Returns the string converted to lowercase. </description> </method> - <method name="to_upper"> + <method name="to_upper" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Returns the string converted to uppercase. </description> </method> - <method name="to_utf16_buffer"> + <method name="to_utf16_buffer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> Converts the String (which is an array of characters) to UTF-16 encoded [PackedByteArray] (which is an array of bytes). </description> </method> - <method name="to_utf32_buffer"> + <method name="to_utf32_buffer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> Converts the String (which is an array of characters) to UTF-32 encoded [PackedByteArray] (which is an array of bytes). </description> </method> - <method name="to_utf8_buffer"> + <method name="to_utf8_buffer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedByteArray"> </return> <description> Converts the String (which is an array of characters) to UTF-8 encode [PackedByteArray] (which is an array of bytes). The conversion is a bit slower than [method to_ascii_buffer], but supports all UTF-8 characters. Therefore, you should prefer this function over [method to_ascii_buffer]. </description> </method> - <method name="trim_prefix"> + <method name="trim_prefix" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="prefix" type="String"> @@ -861,7 +895,7 @@ Removes a given string from the start if it starts with it or leaves the string unchanged. </description> </method> - <method name="trim_suffix"> + <method name="trim_suffix" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="suffix" type="String"> @@ -870,7 +904,7 @@ Removes a given string from the end if it ends with it or leaves the string unchanged. </description> </method> - <method name="unicode_at"> + <method name="unicode_at" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="at" type="int"> @@ -879,7 +913,7 @@ Returns the character code at position [code]at[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="uri_decode"> + <method name="uri_decode" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> @@ -894,7 +928,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="uri_encode"> + <method name="uri_encode" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> @@ -909,14 +943,14 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="validate_node_name"> + <method name="validate_node_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> Removes any characters from the string that are prohibited in [Node] names ([code].[/code] [code]:[/code] [code]@[/code] [code]/[/code] [code]"[/code]). </description> </method> - <method name="xml_escape"> + <method name="xml_escape" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <argument index="0" name="escape_quotes" type="bool" default="false"> @@ -925,7 +959,7 @@ Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the XML standard. If [code]escape_quotes[/code] is [code]true[/code], the single quote ([code]'[/code]) and double quote ([code]"[/code]) characters are also escaped. </description> </method> - <method name="xml_unescape"> + <method name="xml_unescape" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/StringName.xml b/doc/classes/StringName.xml index af0074f080..be32f6a234 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StringName.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StringName.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ An optimized string type for unique names. </brief_description> <description> - [StringName]s are immutable strings designed for general-purpose represention of unique names. [StringName] ensures that only one instance of a given name exists (so two [StringName]s with the same value are the same object). Comparing them is much faster than with regular [String]s, because only the pointers are compared, not the whole strings. + [StringName]s are immutable strings designed for general-purpose representation of unique names. [StringName] ensures that only one instance of a given name exists (so two [StringName]s with the same value are the same object). Comparing them is much faster than with regular [String]s, because only the pointers are compared, not the whole strings. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml b/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml index d145b4ce97..1195e4aa2b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml @@ -189,6 +189,12 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_primitive" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="Mesh.PrimitiveType"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_skin_weight_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="SurfaceTool.SkinWeightCount"> </return> @@ -199,7 +205,7 @@ <return type="void"> </return> <description> - Shrinks the vertex array by creating an index array (avoids reusing vertices). + Shrinks the vertex array by creating an index array. This can improve performance by avoiding vertex reuse. </description> </method> <method name="optimize_indices_for_cache"> @@ -214,7 +220,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bones" type="PackedInt32Array"> </argument> <description> - Specifies an array of bones for the next vertex to use. [code]bones[/code] must contain 4 integers. + Specifies an array of bones to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. [code]bones[/code] must contain 4 integers. </description> </method> <method name="set_color"> @@ -223,7 +229,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="color" type="Color"> </argument> <description> - Specifies a [Color] for the next vertex to use. + Specifies a [Color] to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. [b]Note:[/b] The material must have [member BaseMaterial3D.vertex_color_use_as_albedo] enabled for the vertex color to be visible. </description> </method> @@ -262,7 +268,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="normal" type="Vector3"> </argument> <description> - Specifies a normal for the next vertex to use. + Specifies a normal to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. </description> </method> <method name="set_skin_weight_count"> @@ -288,7 +294,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="tangent" type="Plane"> </argument> <description> - Specifies a tangent for the next vertex to use. + Specifies a tangent to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. </description> </method> <method name="set_uv"> @@ -297,7 +303,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="uv" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> - Specifies a set of UV coordinates to use for the next vertex. + Specifies a set of UV coordinates to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. </description> </method> <method name="set_uv2"> @@ -306,7 +312,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="uv2" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> - Specifies an optional second set of UV coordinates to use for the next vertex. + Specifies an optional second set of UV coordinates to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. </description> </method> <method name="set_weights"> @@ -315,7 +321,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="weights" type="PackedFloat32Array"> </argument> <description> - Specifies weight values for next vertex to use. [code]weights[/code] must contain 4 values. + Specifies weight values to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. [code]weights[/code] must contain 4 values. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tabs.xml b/doc/classes/Tabs.xml index df9680bf28..24c114c18b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tabs.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tabs.xml @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ If [code]true[/code], tabs can be rearranged with mouse drag. </member> <member name="scrolling_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_scrolling_enabled" getter="get_scrolling_enabled" default="true"> - if [code]true[/code], the mouse's scroll wheel cab be used to navigate the scroll view. + if [code]true[/code], the mouse's scroll wheel can be used to navigate the scroll view. </member> <member name="tab_align" type="int" setter="set_tab_align" getter="get_tab_align" enum="Tabs.TabAlign" default="1"> The alignment of all tabs. See [enum TabAlign] for details. diff --git a/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml b/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml index 99eb8b81d4..69bf823ccd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ <argument index="4" name="dc_color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> </argument> <description> - Draw outilines of all lines of the text and drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + Draw outlines of all lines of the text and drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. </description> </method> <method name="get_dropcap_lines" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml index 5635ec2be0..4a41b68fee 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> </argument> <description> - Returns extra spacing for each glyphs in pixels. + Returns extra spacing for each glyph in pixels. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_spacing_space" qualifiers="const"> @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> </argument> <description> - Sets extra spacing for each glyphs in pixels. + Sets extra spacing for each glyph in pixels. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_supported_chars" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml b/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml index 2270b95c63..b648098a94 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Draws a part of the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [RenderingServer] API. </description> </method> - <method name="get_data" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_image" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Image"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Theme.xml b/doc/classes/Theme.xml index 9f976838e9..3173dddb42 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Theme.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Theme.xml @@ -84,6 +84,19 @@ Clears [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_theme_item"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="data_type" type="int" enum="Theme.DataType"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Clears the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="copy_default_theme"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -194,6 +207,13 @@ Returns all the font sizes as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each font size name, for use in [method get_font_size], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_font_size_type_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray"> + </return> + <description> + Returns all the font size types as a [PackedStringArray] filled with unique type names, for use in [method get_font_size] and/or [method get_font_size_list]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_font_type_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> @@ -257,6 +277,41 @@ Returns all the [StyleBox] types as a [PackedStringArray] filled with unique type names, for use in [method get_stylebox] and/or [method get_stylebox_list]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_theme_item" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="data_type" type="int" enum="Theme.DataType"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Valid [code]name[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_list] or a data type specific method. Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_type_list] or a data type specific method. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_theme_item_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="data_type" type="int" enum="Theme.DataType"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns all the theme items of [code]data_type[/code] as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each theme items's name, for use in [method get_theme_item] or a data type specific method, if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_type_list] or a data type specific method. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_theme_item_type_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="data_type" type="int" enum="Theme.DataType"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns all the theme items of [code]data_type[/code] types as a [PackedStringArray] filled with unique type names, for use in [method get_theme_item], [method get_theme_item_list] or data type specific methods. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_type_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> @@ -336,6 +391,113 @@ Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="has_theme_item" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="data_type" type="int" enum="Theme.DataType"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if a theme item of [code]data_type[/code] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="rename_color"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="old_name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Renames the [Color] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + </description> + </method> + <method name="rename_constant"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="old_name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Renames the constant at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + </description> + </method> + <method name="rename_font"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="old_name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Renames the [Font] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + </description> + </method> + <method name="rename_font_size"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="old_name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Renames the font size [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + </description> + </method> + <method name="rename_icon"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="old_name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Renames the icon at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + </description> + </method> + <method name="rename_stylebox"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="old_name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Renames [StyleBox] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + </description> + </method> + <method name="rename_theme_item"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="data_type" type="int" enum="Theme.DataType"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="old_name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Renames the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this method fails. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_color"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -347,7 +509,7 @@ </argument> <description> Sets the theme's [Color] to [code]color[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_constant"> @@ -361,7 +523,7 @@ </argument> <description> Sets the theme's constant to [code]constant[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_font"> @@ -375,7 +537,7 @@ </argument> <description> Sets the theme's [Font] to [code]font[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_font_size"> @@ -389,7 +551,7 @@ </argument> <description> Sets the theme's font size to [code]font_size[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_icon"> @@ -403,7 +565,7 @@ </argument> <description> Sets the theme's icon [Texture2D] to [code]texture[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> <method name="set_stylebox"> @@ -417,7 +579,24 @@ </argument> <description> Sets theme's [StyleBox] to [code]stylebox[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_theme_item"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="data_type" type="int" enum="Theme.DataType"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="value" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] to [code]value[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. + Does nothing if the [code]value[/code] type does not match [code]data_type[/code]. + Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -430,5 +609,26 @@ </member> </members> <constants> + <constant name="DATA_TYPE_COLOR" value="0" enum="DataType"> + Theme's [Color] item type. + </constant> + <constant name="DATA_TYPE_CONSTANT" value="1" enum="DataType"> + Theme's constant item type. + </constant> + <constant name="DATA_TYPE_FONT" value="2" enum="DataType"> + Theme's [Font] item type. + </constant> + <constant name="DATA_TYPE_FONT_SIZE" value="3" enum="DataType"> + Theme's font size item type. + </constant> + <constant name="DATA_TYPE_ICON" value="4" enum="DataType"> + Theme's icon [Texture2D] item type. + </constant> + <constant name="DATA_TYPE_STYLEBOX" value="5" enum="DataType"> + Theme's [StyleBox] item type. + </constant> + <constant name="DATA_TYPE_MAX" value="6" enum="DataType"> + Maximum value for the DataType enum. + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Timer.xml b/doc/classes/Timer.xml index 5265e75429..807d8033c1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Timer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Timer.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Counts down a specified interval and emits a signal on reaching 0. Can be set to repeat or "one-shot" mode. - [b]Note:[/b] To create an one-shot timer without instantiating a node, use [method SceneTree.create_timer]. + [b]Note:[/b] To create a one-shot timer without instantiating a node, use [method SceneTree.create_timer]. </description> <tutorials> <link title="2D Dodge The Creeps Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/515</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/Transform.xml b/doc/classes/Transform.xml index d75b81eece..9d8721e2de 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Transform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Transform.xml @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ Constructs a Transform from four [Vector3] values (matrix columns). Each axis corresponds to local basis vectors (some of which may be scaled). </description> </method> - <method name="affine_inverse"> + <method name="affine_inverse" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the transformation is composed of rotation, scaling and translation. </description> </method> - <method name="interpolate_with"> + <method name="interpolate_with" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform"> </return> <argument index="0" name="xform" type="Transform"> @@ -76,14 +76,14 @@ Interpolates the transform to other Transform by weight amount (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). </description> </method> - <method name="inverse"> + <method name="inverse" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the transformation is composed of rotation and translation (no scaling, use affine_inverse for transforms with scaling). </description> </method> - <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="xform" type="Transform"> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this transform and [code]transform[/code] are approximately equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each component. </description> </method> - <method name="looking_at"> + <method name="looking_at" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform"> </return> <argument index="0" name="target" type="Vector3"> @@ -153,14 +153,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="orthonormalized"> + <method name="orthonormalized" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform"> </return> <description> Returns the transform with the basis orthogonal (90 degrees), and normalized axis vectors. </description> </method> - <method name="rotated"> + <method name="rotated" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform"> </return> <argument index="0" name="axis" type="Vector3"> @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Rotates the transform around the given axis by the given angle (in radians), using matrix multiplication. The axis must be a normalized vector. </description> </method> - <method name="scaled"> + <method name="scaled" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform"> </return> <argument index="0" name="scale" type="Vector3"> @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Scales basis and origin of the transform by the given scale factor, using matrix multiplication. </description> </method> - <method name="translated"> + <method name="translated" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform"> </return> <argument index="0" name="offset" type="Vector3"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml b/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml index 406774cbfe..6ae7fbcf79 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml @@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ Constructs the transform from 3 [Vector2] values representing [member x], [member y], and the [member origin] (the three column vectors). </description> </method> - <method name="affine_inverse"> + <method name="affine_inverse" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform2D"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the transformation is composed of rotation, scaling and translation. </description> </method> - <method name="basis_xform"> + <method name="basis_xform" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="v" type="Vector2"> @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ This method does not account for translation (the origin vector). </description> </method> - <method name="basis_xform_inv"> + <method name="basis_xform_inv" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="v" type="Vector2"> @@ -81,28 +81,28 @@ This method does not account for translation (the origin vector). </description> </method> - <method name="get_origin"> + <method name="get_origin" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> Returns the transform's origin (translation). </description> </method> - <method name="get_rotation"> + <method name="get_rotation" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Returns the transform's rotation (in radians). </description> </method> - <method name="get_scale"> + <method name="get_scale" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> Returns the scale. </description> </method> - <method name="interpolate_with"> + <method name="interpolate_with" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform2D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="xform" type="Transform2D"> @@ -113,14 +113,14 @@ Returns a transform interpolated between this transform and another by a given [code]weight[/code] (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). </description> </method> - <method name="inverse"> + <method name="inverse" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform2D"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the transformation is composed of rotation and translation (no scaling, use [method affine_inverse] for transforms with scaling). </description> </method> - <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="xform" type="Transform2D"> @@ -185,14 +185,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="orthonormalized"> + <method name="orthonormalized" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform2D"> </return> <description> Returns the transform with the basis orthogonal (90 degrees), and normalized axis vectors (scale of 1 or -1). </description> </method> - <method name="rotated"> + <method name="rotated" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform2D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="phi" type="float"> @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Rotates the transform by the given angle (in radians), using matrix multiplication. </description> </method> - <method name="scaled"> + <method name="scaled" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform2D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="scale" type="Vector2"> @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Scales the transform by the given scale factor, using matrix multiplication. </description> </method> - <method name="translated"> + <method name="translated" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform2D"> </return> <argument index="0" name="offset" type="Vector2"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml index fd157e5eb9..add23c2ce6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml @@ -741,6 +741,12 @@ Sets the given column's tooltip text. </description> </method> + <method name="uncollapse_tree"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="collapsed" type="bool" setter="set_collapsed" getter="is_collapsed"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tween.xml b/doc/classes/Tween.xml index b32bb1e2d9..00cca40093 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tween.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tween.xml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ tween.Start(); [/csharp] [/codeblocks] - Many methods require a property name, such as [code]"position"[/code] above. You can find the correct property name by hovering over the property in the Inspector. You can also provide the components of a property directly by using [code]"property:component"[/code] (eg. [code]position:x[/code]), where it would only apply to that particular component. + Many methods require a property name, such as [code]"position"[/code] above. You can find the correct property name by hovering over the property in the Inspector. You can also provide the components of a property directly by using [code]"property:component"[/code] (e.g. [code]position:x[/code]), where it would only apply to that particular component. Many of the methods accept [code]trans_type[/code] and [code]ease_type[/code]. The first accepts an [enum TransitionType] constant, and refers to the way the timing of the animation is handled (see [url=https://easings.net/]easings.net[/url] for some examples). The second accepts an [enum EaseType] constant, and controls where the [code]trans_type[/code] is applied to the interpolation (in the beginning, the end, or both). If you don't know which transition and easing to pick, you can try different [enum TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that looks best. [url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url] </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml b/doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml index a0330de4fa..aba6183124 100644 --- a/doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml +++ b/doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return how many element are in the history. + Return how many elements are in the history. </description> </method> <method name="get_version" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector2.xml b/doc/classes/Vector2.xml index 4159a38d96..b979425b85 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector2.xml @@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ Constructs a new [Vector2] from the given [code]x[/code] and [code]y[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="abs"> + <method name="abs" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> Returns a new vector with all components in absolute values (i.e. positive). </description> </method> - <method name="angle"> + <method name="angle" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Equivalent to the result of [method @GlobalScope.atan2] when called with the vector's [member y] and [member x] as parameters: [code]atan2(y, x)[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="angle_to"> + <method name="angle_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2"> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Returns the angle to the given vector, in radians. </description> </method> - <method name="angle_to_point"> + <method name="angle_to_point" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2"> @@ -87,14 +87,14 @@ Returns the angle between the line connecting the two points and the X axis, in radians. </description> </method> - <method name="aspect"> + <method name="aspect" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Returns the aspect ratio of this vector, the ratio of [member x] to [member y]. </description> </method> - <method name="bounce"> + <method name="bounce" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="n" type="Vector2"> @@ -103,14 +103,14 @@ Returns the vector "bounced off" from a plane defined by the given normal. </description> </method> - <method name="ceil"> + <method name="ceil" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> Returns the vector with all components rounded up (towards positive infinity). </description> </method> - <method name="clamped"> + <method name="clamped" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="length" type="float"> @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Returns the vector with a maximum length by limiting its length to [code]length[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="cross"> + <method name="cross" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="Vector2"> @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="cubic_interpolate"> + <method name="cubic_interpolate" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Vector2"> @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Cubically interpolates between this vector and [code]b[/code] using [code]pre_a[/code] and [code]post_b[/code] as handles, and returns the result at position [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. </description> </method> - <method name="direction_to"> + <method name="direction_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Vector2"> @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Returns the normalized vector pointing from this vector to [code]b[/code]. This is equivalent to using [code](b - a).normalized()[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="distance_squared_to"> + <method name="distance_squared_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2"> @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ This method runs faster than [method distance_to], so prefer it if you need to compare vectors or need the squared distance for some formula. </description> </method> - <method name="distance_to"> + <method name="distance_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2"> @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Returns the distance between this vector and [code]to[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="dot"> + <method name="dot" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="Vector2"> @@ -183,14 +183,14 @@ [b]Note:[/b] [code]a.dot(b)[/code] is equivalent to [code]b.dot(a)[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="floor"> + <method name="floor" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> Returns the vector with all components rounded down (towards negative infinity). </description> </method> - <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2"> @@ -199,21 +199,21 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this vector and [code]v[/code] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. </description> </method> - <method name="is_normalized"> + <method name="is_normalized" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the vector is normalized, [code]false[/code] otherwise. </description> </method> - <method name="length"> + <method name="length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Returns the length (magnitude) of this vector. </description> </method> - <method name="length_squared"> + <method name="length_squared" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ This method runs faster than [method length], so prefer it if you need to compare vectors or need the squared distance for some formula. </description> </method> - <method name="lerp"> + <method name="lerp" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2"> @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and [code]b[/code] by amount [code]t[/code]. [code]t[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. </description> </method> - <method name="move_toward"> + <method name="move_toward" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2"> @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Moves the vector toward [code]to[/code] by the fixed [code]delta[/code] amount. </description> </method> - <method name="normalized"> + <method name="normalized" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="orthogonal"> + <method name="orthogonal" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> Returns a perpendicular vector rotated 90 degrees counter-clockwise compared to the original, with the same length. </description> </method> - <method name="posmod"> + <method name="posmod" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="mod" type="float"> @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ Returns a vector composed of the [method @GlobalScope.fposmod] of this vector's components and [code]mod[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="posmodv"> + <method name="posmodv" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="modv" type="Vector2"> @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ Returns a vector composed of the [method @GlobalScope.fposmod] of this vector's components and [code]modv[/code]'s components. </description> </method> - <method name="project"> + <method name="project" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Vector2"> @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Returns the vector projected onto the vector [code]b[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="reflect"> + <method name="reflect" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="n" type="Vector2"> @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Returns the vector reflected from a plane defined by the given normal. </description> </method> - <method name="rotated"> + <method name="rotated" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="phi" type="float"> @@ -442,21 +442,21 @@ Returns the vector rotated by [code]phi[/code] radians. See also [method @GlobalScope.deg2rad]. </description> </method> - <method name="round"> + <method name="round" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> Returns the vector with all components rounded to the nearest integer, with halfway cases rounded away from zero. </description> </method> - <method name="sign"> + <method name="sign" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> Returns the vector with each component set to one or negative one, depending on the signs of the components, or zero if the component is zero, by calling [method @GlobalScope.sign] on each component. </description> </method> - <method name="slerp"> + <method name="slerp" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2"> @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Both vectors must be normalized. </description> </method> - <method name="slide"> + <method name="slide" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="n" type="Vector2"> @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Returns this vector slid along a plane defined by the given normal. </description> </method> - <method name="snapped"> + <method name="snapped" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <argument index="0" name="step" type="Vector2"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector2i.xml b/doc/classes/Vector2i.xml index a4ea5c2742..b38b968ba3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector2i.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector2i.xml @@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ Constructs a new [Vector2i] from the given [code]x[/code] and [code]y[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="abs"> + <method name="abs" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i"> </return> <description> Returns a new vector with all components in absolute values (i.e. positive). </description> </method> - <method name="aspect"> + <method name="aspect" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="sign"> + <method name="sign" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector3.xml b/doc/classes/Vector3.xml index ea80b7c248..bd568e01ec 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector3.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector3.xml @@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ Returns a [Vector3] with the given components. </description> </method> - <method name="abs"> + <method name="abs" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Returns a new vector with all components in absolute values (i.e. positive). </description> </method> - <method name="angle_to"> + <method name="angle_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector3"> @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Returns the unsigned minimum angle to the given vector, in radians. </description> </method> - <method name="bounce"> + <method name="bounce" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="n" type="Vector3"> @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ Returns the vector "bounced off" from a plane defined by the given normal. </description> </method> - <method name="ceil"> + <method name="ceil" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Returns a new vector with all components rounded up (towards positive infinity). </description> </method> - <method name="cross"> + <method name="cross" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="Vector3"> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]b[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="cubic_interpolate"> + <method name="cubic_interpolate" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Vector3"> @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Performs a cubic interpolation between vectors [code]pre_a[/code], [code]a[/code], [code]b[/code], [code]post_b[/code] ([code]a[/code] is current), by the given amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. </description> </method> - <method name="direction_to"> + <method name="direction_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Vector3"> @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Returns the normalized vector pointing from this vector to [code]b[/code]. This is equivalent to using [code](b - a).normalized()[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="distance_squared_to"> + <method name="distance_squared_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Vector3"> @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ This method runs faster than [method distance_to], so prefer it if you need to compare vectors or need the squared distance for some formula. </description> </method> - <method name="distance_to"> + <method name="distance_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Vector3"> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Returns the distance between this vector and [code]b[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="dot"> + <method name="dot" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="Vector3"> @@ -151,21 +151,21 @@ [b]Note:[/b] [code]a.dot(b)[/code] is equivalent to [code]b.dot(a)[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="floor"> + <method name="floor" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Returns a new vector with all components rounded down (towards negative infinity). </description> </method> - <method name="inverse"> + <method name="inverse" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Returns the inverse of the vector. This is the same as [code]Vector3( 1.0 / v.x, 1.0 / v.y, 1.0 / v.z )[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector3"> @@ -174,21 +174,21 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this vector and [code]v[/code] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. </description> </method> - <method name="is_normalized"> + <method name="is_normalized" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the vector is normalized, [code]false[/code] otherwise. </description> </method> - <method name="length"> + <method name="length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> Returns the length (magnitude) of this vector. </description> </method> - <method name="length_squared"> + <method name="length_squared" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ This method runs faster than [method length], so prefer it if you need to compare vectors or need the squared distance for some formula. </description> </method> - <method name="lerp"> + <method name="lerp" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector3"> @@ -207,21 +207,21 @@ Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and [code]b[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation. </description> </method> - <method name="max_axis"> + <method name="max_axis" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the axis of the vector's largest value. See [code]AXIS_*[/code] constants. If all components are equal, this method returns [constant AXIS_X]. </description> </method> - <method name="min_axis"> + <method name="min_axis" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the axis of the vector's smallest value. See [code]AXIS_*[/code] constants. If all components are equal, this method returns [constant AXIS_Z]. </description> </method> - <method name="move_toward"> + <method name="move_toward" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector3"> @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Moves this vector toward [code]to[/code] by the fixed [code]delta[/code] amount. </description> </method> - <method name="normalized"> + <method name="normalized" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="outer"> + <method name="outer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Basis"> </return> <argument index="0" name="with" type="Vector3"> @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Returns the outer product with [code]b[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="posmod"> + <method name="posmod" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="mod" type="float"> @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Returns a vector composed of the [method @GlobalScope.fposmod] of this vector's components and [code]mod[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="posmodv"> + <method name="posmodv" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="modv" type="Vector3"> @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Returns a vector composed of the [method @GlobalScope.fposmod] of this vector's components and [code]modv[/code]'s components. </description> </method> - <method name="project"> + <method name="project" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="b" type="Vector3"> @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Returns this vector projected onto another vector [code]b[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="reflect"> + <method name="reflect" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="n" type="Vector3"> @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ Returns this vector reflected from a plane defined by the given normal. </description> </method> - <method name="rotated"> + <method name="rotated" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="by_axis" type="Vector3"> @@ -451,21 +451,21 @@ Rotates this vector around a given axis by [code]phi[/code] radians. The axis must be a normalized vector. </description> </method> - <method name="round"> + <method name="round" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Returns this vector with all components rounded to the nearest integer, with halfway cases rounded away from zero. </description> </method> - <method name="sign"> + <method name="sign" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> Returns a vector with each component set to one or negative one, depending on the signs of this vector's components, or zero if the component is zero, by calling [method @GlobalScope.sign] on each component. </description> </method> - <method name="signed_angle_to"> + <method name="signed_angle_to" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector3"> @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ Returns the signed angle to the given vector, in radians. The sign of the angle is positive in a counter-clockwise direction and negative in a clockwise direction when viewed from the side specified by the [code]axis[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="slerp"> + <method name="slerp" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector3"> @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Both vectors must be normalized. </description> </method> - <method name="slide"> + <method name="slide" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="n" type="Vector3"> @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ Returns this vector slid along a plane defined by the given normal. </description> </method> - <method name="snapped"> + <method name="snapped" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> <argument index="0" name="step" type="Vector3"> @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Returns this vector with each component snapped to the nearest multiple of [code]step[/code]. This can also be used to round to an arbitrary number of decimals. </description> </method> - <method name="to_diagonal_matrix"> + <method name="to_diagonal_matrix" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Basis"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector3i.xml b/doc/classes/Vector3i.xml index a1ae2aceab..ea5945f5b7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector3i.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector3i.xml @@ -52,20 +52,20 @@ Returns a [Vector3i] with the given components. </description> </method> - <method name="abs"> + <method name="abs" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3i"> </return> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="max_axis"> + <method name="max_axis" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> Returns the axis of the vector's largest value. See [code]AXIS_*[/code] constants. If all components are equal, this method returns [constant AXIS_X]. </description> </method> - <method name="min_axis"> + <method name="min_axis" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="sign"> + <method name="sign" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3i"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Viewport.xml b/doc/classes/Viewport.xml index 8120ae539e..471d21374d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Viewport.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Viewport.xml @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ </return> <description> Returns the viewport's texture. - [b]Note:[/b] Due to the way OpenGL works, the resulting [ViewportTexture] is flipped vertically. You can use [method Image.flip_y] on the result of [method Texture2D.get_data] to flip it back, for example: + [b]Note:[/b] Due to the way OpenGL works, the resulting [ViewportTexture] is flipped vertically. You can use [method Image.flip_y] on the result of [method Texture2D.get_image] to flip it back, for example: [codeblock] - var img = get_viewport().get_texture().get_data() + var img = get_viewport().get_texture().get_image() img.flip_y() [/codeblock] </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml index 59b501660a..17fc2f8c4d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Override this method to define the path to the associated custom node in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog. The path may looks like [code]"MyGame/MyFunctions/Noise"[/code]. + Override this method to define the path to the associated custom node in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog. The path may look like [code]"MyGame/MyFunctions/Noise"[/code]. Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. If not overridden, the node will be filed under the "Addons" category. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml index 72be31872d..6b042f6172 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Calculates the determinant of a [Transform] within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> - Translates to [code]deteminant(x)[/code] in the shader language. + Translates to [code]determinant(x)[/code] in the shader language. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml index f571edaab3..c2cbf41f45 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Custom Godot Shading Language expression, with a custom amount of input and output ports. - The provided code is directly injected into the graph's matching shader function ([code]vertex[/code], [code]fragment[/code], or [code]light[/code]), so it cannot be used to to declare functions, varyings, uniforms, or global constants. See [VisualShaderNodeGlobalExpression] for such global definitions. + The provided code is directly injected into the graph's matching shader function ([code]vertex[/code], [code]fragment[/code], or [code]light[/code]), so it cannot be used to declare functions, varyings, uniforms, or global constants. See [VisualShaderNodeGlobalExpression] for such global definitions. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml index 5ef08ea8c2..48f84e5495 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Returns the vector that points in the same direction as a reference vector within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> - Translates to [code]faceforward(N, I, Nref)[/code] in the shader language. The function has three vector parameters: [code]N[/code], the vector to orient, [code]I[/code], the incident vector, and [code]Nref[/code], the reference vector. If the dot product of [code]I[/code] and [code]Nref[/code] is smaller than zero the return value is [code]N[/code]. Otherwise [code]-N[/code] is returned. + Translates to [code]faceforward(N, I, Nref)[/code] in the shader language. The function has three vector parameters: [code]N[/code], the vector to orient, [code]I[/code], the incident vector, and [code]Nref[/code], the reference vector. If the dot product of [code]I[/code] and [code]Nref[/code] is smaller than zero the return value is [code]N[/code]. Otherwise, [code]-N[/code] is returned. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml index afa14c776e..be3f7f173d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Returns a [String] description of the input ports as as colon-separated list using the format [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_input_port]). + Returns a [String] description of the input ports as a colon-separated list using the format [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_input_port]). </description> </method> <method name="get_output_port_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Returns a [String] description of the output ports as as colon-separated list using the format [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_output_port]). + Returns a [String] description of the output ports as a colon-separated list using the format [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_output_port]). </description> </method> <method name="has_input_port" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIf.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIf.xml index ad0b21a370..418999863b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIf.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIf.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Compares two floating-point numbers in order to return a required vector within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> - First two ports are scalar floatin-point numbers to compare, third is tolerance comparison amount and last three ports represents a vectors returned if [code]a == b[/code], [code]a > b[/code] and [code]a < b[/code] respectively. + First two ports are scalar floating-point numbers to compare, third is tolerance comparison amount and last three ports represents a vectors returned if [code]a == b[/code], [code]a > b[/code] and [code]a < b[/code] respectively. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml index 8e819b011c..067f78dffe 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Returns a translated name of the current constant in the Godot Shader Language. eg. [code]"ALBEDO"[/code] if the [member input_name] equal to [code]"albedo"[/code]. + Returns a translated name of the current constant in the Godot Shader Language. E.g. [code]"ALBEDO"[/code] if the [member input_name] equal to [code]"albedo"[/code]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSDFToScreenUV.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSDFToScreenUV.xml index ea04180095..40fb66e364 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSDFToScreenUV.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSDFToScreenUV.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeSDFToScreenUV" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - A function to convert a SDF (signed-distance field) to screen UV, to be used within the visual shader graph. + A function to convert an SDF (signed-distance field) to screen UV, to be used within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translates to [code]sdf_to_screen_uv(sdf_pos)[/code] in the shader language. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScreenUVToSDF.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScreenUVToSDF.xml index 438c8dc67b..2e121ffc54 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScreenUVToSDF.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScreenUVToSDF.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeScreenUVToSDF" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - A function to convert screen UV to a SDF (signed-distance field), to be used within the visual shader graph. + A function to convert screen UV to an SDF (signed-distance field), to be used within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translates to [code]screen_uv_to_sdf(uv)[/code] in the shader language. If the UV port isn't connected, [code]SCREEN_UV[/code] is used instead. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSmoothStep.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSmoothStep.xml index fa22d16da8..0ed53a8c26 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSmoothStep.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSmoothStep.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Translates to [code]smoothstep(edge0, edge1, x)[/code] in the shader language. - Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is smaller than [code]edge0[/code] and [code]1.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is larger than [code]edge1[/code]. Otherwise the return value is interpolated between [code]0.0[/code] and [code]1.0[/code] using Hermite polynomials. + Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is smaller than [code]edge0[/code] and [code]1.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is larger than [code]edge1[/code]. Otherwise, the return value is interpolated between [code]0.0[/code] and [code]1.0[/code] using Hermite polynomials. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureSDF.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureSDF.xml index 7d3d654bd0..b5c89c2c31 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureSDF.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureSDF.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeTextureSDF" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Performs a SDF (signed-distance field) texture lookup within the visual shader graph. + Performs an SDF (signed-distance field) texture lookup within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translates to [code]texture_sdf(sdf_pos)[/code] in the shader language. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureSDFNormal.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureSDFNormal.xml index 5dbf3e545a..25fe1c4b28 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureSDFNormal.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureSDFNormal.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeTextureSDFNormal" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Performs a SDF (signed-distance field) normal texture lookup within the visual shader graph. + Performs an SDF (signed-distance field) normal texture lookup within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translates to [code]texture_sdf_normal(sdf_pos)[/code] in the shader language. diff --git a/doc/classes/XRController3D.xml b/doc/classes/XRController3D.xml index a4a86cc22a..5d8c23bd6f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/XRController3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/XRController3D.xml @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="button" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the button at index [code]button[/code] is pressed. See [enum JoyButtonList]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the button at index [code]button[/code] is pressed. See [enum JoyButton]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/bool.xml b/doc/classes/bool.xml index 03e8bee7d5..8da1eb3c88 100644 --- a/doc/classes/bool.xml +++ b/doc/classes/bool.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Boolean built-in type. </brief_description> <description> - Boolean is a built-in type. There are two boolean values: [code]true[/code] and [code]false[/code]. You can think of it as an switch with on or off (1 or 0) setting. Booleans are used in programming for logic in condition statements, like [code]if[/code] statements. + Boolean is a built-in type. There are two boolean values: [code]true[/code] and [code]false[/code]. You can think of it as a switch with on or off (1 or 0) setting. Booleans are used in programming for logic in condition statements, like [code]if[/code] statements. Booleans can be directly used in [code]if[/code] statements. The code below demonstrates this on the [code]if can_shoot:[/code] line. You don't need to use [code]== true[/code], you only need [code]if can_shoot:[/code]. Similarly, use [code]if not can_shoot:[/code] rather than [code]== false[/code]. [codeblocks] [gdscript] @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ [/csharp] [/codeblocks] The following code will set [code]can_shoot[/code] to [code]false[/code] and start a timer. This will prevent player from shooting until the timer runs out. Next [code]can_shoot[/code] will be set to [code]true[/code] again allowing player to shoot once again. + [codeblocks] [gdscript] var _can_shoot = true onready var _cool_down = $CoolDownTimer diff --git a/doc/translations/classes.pot b/doc/translations/classes.pot index 4cd89924ee..d14b0d9b1f 100644 --- a/doc/translations/classes.pot +++ b/doc/translations/classes.pot @@ -25583,7 +25583,7 @@ msgstr "" #: doc/classes/Input.xml:99 msgid "" "Returns the current value of the joypad axis at given index (see [enum " -"JoyAxisList])." +"JoyAxis])." msgstr "" #: doc/classes/Input.xml:108 @@ -25592,7 +25592,7 @@ msgstr "" #: doc/classes/Input.xml:117 msgid "" -"Receives a [enum JoyAxisList] axis and returns its equivalent name as a " +"Receives a [enum JoyAxis] axis and returns its equivalent name as a " "string." msgstr "" @@ -25602,7 +25602,7 @@ msgstr "" #: doc/classes/Input.xml:135 msgid "" -"Receives a gamepad button from [enum JoyButtonList] and returns its " +"Receives a gamepad button from [enum JoyButton] and returns its " "equivalent name as a string." msgstr "" @@ -25677,7 +25677,7 @@ msgstr "" #: doc/classes/Input.xml:238 msgid "" "Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the joypad button (see [enum " -"JoyButtonList])." +"JoyButton])." msgstr "" #: doc/classes/Input.xml:247 @@ -26077,7 +26077,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:16 -msgid "Button identifier. One of the [enum JoyButtonList] button constants." +msgid "Button identifier. One of the [enum JoyButton] button constants." msgstr "" #: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:19 @@ -26105,7 +26105,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:16 -msgid "Axis identifier. Use one of the [enum JoyAxisList] axis constants." +msgid "Axis identifier. Use one of the [enum JoyAxis] axis constants." msgstr "" #: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:19 @@ -60259,7 +60259,7 @@ msgstr "" #: doc/classes/XRController3D.xml:65 msgid "" "Returns [code]true[/code] if the button at index [code]button[/code] is " -"pressed. See [enum JoyButtonList]." +"pressed. See [enum JoyButton]." msgstr "" #: doc/classes/XRController3D.xml:71 diff --git a/doc/translations/fr.po b/doc/translations/fr.po index c4fe08e67b..f3e26ebc61 100644 --- a/doc/translations/fr.po +++ b/doc/translations/fr.po @@ -25946,7 +25946,7 @@ msgstr "" #: doc/classes/Input.xml:99 msgid "" "Returns the current value of the joypad axis at given index (see [enum " -"JoyAxisList])." +"JoyAxis])." msgstr "" #: doc/classes/Input.xml:108 @@ -25955,7 +25955,7 @@ msgstr "" #: doc/classes/Input.xml:117 msgid "" -"Receives a [enum JoyAxisList] axis and returns its equivalent name as a " +"Receives a [enum JoyAxis] axis and returns its equivalent name as a " "string." msgstr "" @@ -25965,7 +25965,7 @@ msgstr "" #: doc/classes/Input.xml:135 msgid "" -"Receives a gamepad button from [enum JoyButtonList] and returns its " +"Receives a gamepad button from [enum JoyButton] and returns its " "equivalent name as a string." msgstr "" @@ -26041,7 +26041,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the joypad button (see [enum " -"JoyButtonList])." +"JoyButton])." msgstr "" "Retourne [code]true[/code] (vrai) si la chaîne de caractères finit par la " "chaîne de caractères donnée." @@ -26443,7 +26443,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:16 -msgid "Button identifier. One of the [enum JoyButtonList] button constants." +msgid "Button identifier. One of the [enum JoyButton] button constants." msgstr "" #: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:19 @@ -26471,7 +26471,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:16 -msgid "Axis identifier. Use one of the [enum JoyAxisList] axis constants." +msgid "Axis identifier. Use one of the [enum JoyAxis] axis constants." msgstr "" #: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:19 @@ -60738,7 +60738,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Returns [code]true[/code] if the button at index [code]button[/code] is " -"pressed. See [enum JoyButtonList]." +"pressed. See [enum JoyButton]." msgstr "" "Renvoie [code]true[/code] (vrai) si [code]s[/code] vaut zéro ou quasiment " "zéro." |